e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from
to .
|
Commission file number:
000-50865
MannKind Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
13-3607736
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
28903 North Avenue Paine
Valencia, California
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
91355
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code
(661) 775-5300
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and
large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer o Accelerated
filer þ Non-accelerated
filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the
Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of the
voting stock held by non affiliates of the
registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price of such
stock as of such date on the Nasdaq National Market, was
approximately $167,548,444.
As of March 8, 2006, there were 49,510,109 shares of
the registrants Common Stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrants definitive Proxy Statement for
the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end
of the fiscal year covered by this
Form 10-K,
are incorporated by reference in Part III,
Items 10-14
of this
Form 10-K.
MANNKIND
CORPORATION
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
Forward-Looking
Statements
Statements in this report that are not strictly historical in
nature are forward-looking statements. These statements include,
but are not limited to, statements about: the progress or
success of our research, development and clinical programs, the
timing of completion of enrollment in our clinical trials, the
timing of the interim analyses and the timing or success of the
commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System, or any
other products or therapies that we may develop; our ability to
market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for our
Technosphere Insulin System, or any other products or therapies
that we may develop; our ability to protect our intellectual
property and operate our business without infringing upon the
intellectual property rights of others; our estimates for future
performance; our estimates regarding anticipated operating
losses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for
additional financing; and scientific studies and the conclusions
we draw from them. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terms such as
anticipates, believes,
could, estimates, expects,
goal, intends, may,
plans, potential, predicts,
projects, should, will,
would, and similar expressions intended to identify
forward-looking statements. These statements are only
predictions or conclusions based on current information and
expectations and involve a number of risks and uncertainties.
The underlying information and expectations are likely to change
over time. Actual events or results may differ materially from
those projected in the forward-looking statements due to various
factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under
the caption Risks and Uncertainties That May Affect
Results and elsewhere in this report. Except as required
by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
Technosphere®
and
MedTone®
are our registered trademark in the United States. We have also
applied for or registered company trademarks in other
jurisdictions, including Europe and Japan. This document also
contains trademarks and service marks of other companies that
are the property of their respective owners.
PART I
Unless the context requires otherwise, the words
MannKind, we, company,
us and our refer to
MannKind Corporation and its subsidiary.
OVERVIEW
MannKind Corporation is a biopharmaceutical company focused on
the discovery, development and commercialization of therapeutic
products for diseases such as diabetes and cancer. Our lead
investigational product candidate, the Technosphere Insulin
System, is currently in phase 3 clinical trials in the
United States and Europe to study its safety and efficacy in the
treatment of diabetes. This therapy consists of a proprietary
dry powder formulation of insulin that is inhaled into the deep
lung using our proprietary inhaler. We believe that the
performance characteristics, unique kinetics, convenience and
ease of use of the Technosphere Insulin System may have the
potential to change the way diabetes is treated.
In particular, we have observed in our clinical trials to date
that the Technosphere Insulin System produces a profile of
insulin levels in the bloodstream that approximates the insulin
profile normally seen in healthy individuals immediately
following the beginning of a meal, but which is absent in all
patients with diabetes. As a result, we believe that our
Technosphere Insulin System will be beneficial not only for
insulin-using diabetes patients but also for patients with type
2 diabetes who are currently using conventional therapies other
than insulin. If further clinical trials support our initial
observations, we believe the Technosphere Insulin System has the
potential to be indicated for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
after a patient has failed to respond adequately to diet and
exercise. The use of insulin early in the progression of
diabetes would represent a paradigm shift in the treatment of
this disease.
To date, we have conducted multiple Phase 1 and
Phase 2 clinical trials of our Technosphere Insulin System
in Europe and the United States, which have involved more than
800 individuals and over 60,000 patient-days of home use.
In a Phase 2 clinical trial conducted in the United States,
the use of Technosphere Insulin at mealtimes significantly
lowered blood glucose levels in patients with type 2 diabetes
who previously were experiencing inadequate control of their
disease. Even in patients with only mildly elevated blood
glucose levels, we observed in
3
this study that the typical risks of frequent or severe
hypoglycemia generally associated with insulin therapy appear
not to be associated with Technosphere Insulin, suggesting that
our therapy may have a significant safety advantage over other
currently available insulin therapies. In a European
Phase 2 dosage-tolerance study, Technosphere Insulin was
observed to improve glycemic control in a dose-dependent manner
as measured by decreases in HbA1c levels and by reductions in
glucose excursions following a meal. In addition, there was no
indication of a negative effect on pulmonary function and no
weight gain at any dose of Technosphere Insulin over
12 weeks of treatment.
Currently, we are enrolling patients in three pivotal
Phase 3 clinical trials, including a two-year pulmonary
safety study that will compare the pulmonary function of
patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes randomized to either
Technosphere Insulin or standard diabetes care. Based on our
discussions with the FDA, we plan to accumulate two years of
controlled safety data from patients with type 1 diabetes as
well as patients with type 2 diabetes before we file a new drug
application for the Technosphere Insulin System. We anticipate
that our entire clinical trial program will involve more than
3,200 patients. Larger populations and longer durations of
exposure may be necessary depending on the safety profile of our
product.
Our Technosphere Insulin System utilizes our proprietary
Technosphere formulation technology, which is based on a class
of organic molecules that are designed to self-assemble into
small particles onto which drug molecules can be loaded. We are
also developing additional Technosphere-based products for the
delivery of other drugs. We plan to initiate Phase 1
clinical trials of our therapeutic cancer vaccine by the end of
2006.
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1991. Our
principal executive offices are located at 28903 North Avenue
Paine, Valencia, California 91355, and our telephone number at
that address is
(661) 775-5300.
Our website address is http://www.mannkindcorp.com. Our filings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including
our annual report on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K
and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge
through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after
being electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
OVERVIEW
OF DIABETES
Diabetes is a major disease characterized by the bodys
inability to properly regulate levels of blood glucose, or blood
sugar. The cells of the body use glucose as fuel, which is
consumed 24 hours a day. Between meals, when glucose is not
being supplied from food, the liver releases glucose into the
blood to sustain adequate levels. Insulin is a hormone produced
by the pancreas that regulates the bodys blood glucose
levels. Patients with diabetes develop abnormally high levels of
glucose, a state known as hyperglycemia, either because they
produce insufficient levels of insulin or because they fail to
respond adequately to insulin produced by the body. Over time,
poorly controlled levels of blood glucose can lead to major
complications, including high blood pressure, blindness,
amputations, kidney failure, heart attack, stroke and death.
According to the United States Centers for Disease Control, or
CDC, as of 2005, approximately 20.8 million people in the
United States, or 7% of the population, suffered from diabetes.
The CDC estimated that 14.6 million cases of diabetes were
diagnosed and under treatment and that 1.5 million new
cases would be diagnosed in 2005. The CDC reported that diabetes
was the sixth leading cause of death listed on death
certificates in 2002, but that diabetes was likely to be
underreported as a cause of death. Overall, the CDC found that
the risk of death among people with diabetes is about twice that
of people without diabetes of similar age. The American Diabetes
Association estimated that, in 2002, the total cost of diabetes
in the United States was $132 billion. This amount includes
$12 billion of direct costs for drug treatment, of which
approximately $7 billion were for insulin and delivery
supplies and approximately $5 billion were for non-insulin
oral medications.
There are two major forms of diabetes, type 1 and type 2. Type 1
diabetes is an autoimmune disease characterized by a complete
lack of insulin secretion by the pancreas, so insulin must be
supplied from outside the body in order to sustain life. In type
2 diabetes, the pancreas continues to produce insulin; however,
insulin-dependent cells become resistant toward the insulin
effect. Over time, the pancreas becomes increasingly unable to
secrete adequate amounts of insulin to support metabolism.
According to the CDC, type 2 diabetes is the more prevalent form
of the disease, affecting approximately 90% to 95% of people
diagnosed with diabetes.
4
Challenges
of treating type 2 diabetes
Typically, the treatment of type 2 diabetes starts with
management of diet and exercise and progresses to treatment with
various oral medications and then to treatment with insulin.
Treatment with diet and exercise alone has not been an effective
long-term solution for most patients with type 2 diabetes. Oral
medications, which act predominantly by increasing the amount of
insulin produced by the pancreas, by increasing the sensitivity
of insulin-dependent cells or by reducing the glucose output of
the liver, generally have significant adverse effects and are
limited in their ability to manage the disease effectively.
Insulin therapy usually involves administering several
subcutaneous needle injections of insulin each day. Although
this treatment regimen is accepted as effective, it has
limitations, most notably the fact that patients dislike
injecting themselves with insulin due to the inconvenience and
pain of needles. As a result, patients tend not to comply
adequately with the prescribed treatment regimens and are often
improperly medicated. Moreover, even when properly administered,
subcutaneous injections of insulin do not replicate the natural
time-action profile of insulin. In a person without diabetes,
blood insulin levels rise within several minutes of the entry
into the bloodstream of glucose from a meal. By contrast,
injected insulin enters the bloodstream slowly, resulting in
peak insulin levels in about 120 to 180 minutes for regular
human insulin or 30-90 minutes for rapid-acting
insulin analogs. The consequence is for patients with diabetes
to have inadequate levels of insulin present at the initiation
of a meal and to be over-insulinized between meals. This lag in
insulin delivery results in high blood glucose levels early
after meal onset, followed by a tendency for glucose to fall to
abnormally low levels, a state known as hypoglycemia, during the
period between meals. Hypoglycemia can result in loss of mental
acuity, confusion, increased heart rate, hunger, sweating and
faintness and, at very low glucose levels, loss of
consciousness, seizures, coma and death.
The following figure illustrates the bodys need to have
insulin available shortly after the start of a meal. In a 2004
article in the American Journal of Physiology, Endocrinology
and Metabolism, researchers modeled the response of a
healthy pancreas to changes in blood glucose. The top panel
illustrates the response following the rapid introduction of
glucose, such as an intravenous bolus injection of a glucose
solution. In this case, the pancreas responds with a sharp spike
in insulin secretion followed by an extended wave of insulin
secretion. The lower panel illustrates the response to a gradual
elevation in glucose levels, such as might occur during
ingestion of a meal. In this situation, the insulin
concentration rises less briskly and remains elevated. However,
as with the intravenous bolus of glucose, there is a fairly
tight coupling between the rate of change in blood glucose
levels and the response by the pancreas to secrete insulin.
The early insulin response following glucose ingestion is an
important part of maintaining control over glucose levels during
the post-meal period. It is thought that the early surge of
insulin levels shuts off glucose production by
5
the liver, which otherwise would continue to release glucose
into the bloodstream at the same time that glucose is being
absorbed from the meal. This avoids high blood sugar levels
during mealtime and prevents the pancreas from having to secrete
an excessive amount of insulin.
In other words, the time-course of insulin delivery to the
bloodstream appears to be a significant factor in overall
glucose control a point that was made by a 1996
study reported in the Journal of Clinical Investigation.
In this study, healthy subjects and patients with type 2
diabetes were given a meal-like intravenous infusion of glucose
along with an intravenous infusion of insulin. In all
participants, natural insulin secretion was inhibited so that
only the infused insulin reached the bloodstream. The top panel
shows that when the patient group was administered insulin in a
manner that resembled the normal early insulin response, glucose
control improved during the post-meal period compared to the
effect seen when the same patients were administered insulin in
a manner that resembled the typical diabetic profile, i.e.,
without an early insulin response. The bottom panel shows that
when the healthy subjects were administered insulin in a manner
that resembled the typical diabetic profile, post-meal blood
glucose levels were higher and stayed elevated for a more
prolonged period than when the same subjects were administered
insulin in a manner resembling the normal early insulin response.
Profile
of insulin release affects post-meal glucose control
Summary
In diabetes, the core defect is insulin deficiency. Even early
in the progression of the disease, there is a marked reduction
in the ability of patients to secrete insulin rapidly in
response to the onset of a meal. Insulin has been used for more
than eight decades to treat diabetes and is widely regarded as
the preferred form of therapy for the disease. However, the
conventional administration of insulin by subcutaneous injection
is not able to deliver insulin to the bloodstream rapidly enough
to approximate the early insulin secretion seen in healthy
individuals following a meal. This shortcoming, combined with
the pain and inconvenience of needles, is a significant obstacle
to the effectiveness of conventional insulin therapy for the
treatment of diabetes.
6
THE
MANNKIND SOLUTION
Addresses
the core defect in diabetes in a manner unlike any other insulin
therapy
In our clinical studies to date, we have consistently observed
that the Technosphere Insulin System produces a profile of
insulin levels in the bloodstream that approximates the early
insulin secretion normally seen in healthy individuals following
the beginning of a meal.
This performance characteristic distinguishes the Technosphere
Insulin System from other insulin therapies. A 2004 review
article in the British Journal of Diabetes and Vascular
Diseases surveyed the data published on pulmonary insulin
products in development and compared their glucose-lowering
activity to that of injectable rapid-acting insulin analogs. The
graph below from this article shows that most pulmonary insulin
formulations have comparable time-action profiles to injectable
rapid-acting insulin. The one exception was the Technosphere
Insulin System, which has been observed to have a much more
rapid onset of action than the other insulin therapies reviewed.
Time-action
profiles of inhaled insulin systems compared to a rapid-acting
insulin analog
We believe the rapid action of Technosphere Insulin may be
related to the unique aspects of both the carrier molecule as
well as the insulin in our formulation. Our Technosphere
formulation technology is centered on a class of pH-sensitive
organic molecules that are designed to self-assemble into small
carrier particles. Under mildly acidic conditions, these carrier
particles assume a solid state, but at a more neutral pH they
spontaneously dissociate into a liquid. Certain drugs, such as
insulin, can be loaded onto these particles by combining mildly
acidic solutions of the drug and the Technosphere material to
form a mixture, which is then dried to form a powder. The
structural characteristics of loaded Technosphere particles
(i.e., particle size and surface topography) impart aerodynamic
properties that enable them to fly deep into the lungs. Our
laboratory studies indicate that Technosphere particles, unlike
penetration enhancers, do not affect the tight junctions between
cells, do not alter cell permeability and do not cause
disruption of cell membranes. Instead, the Technosphere
particles instantaneously change from a powder to a liquid upon
contact with the neutral pH of the moist lung surface, allowing
insulin to move rapidly down its concentration gradient into the
bloodstream without any active assistance or enhancement.
Significantly, when the Technosphere particles dissociate, we
currently think that the insulin that is released is in a form
that can be readily used. Ordinarily, when insulin is in
solution, it tends to form a hexamer, a complex of six
associated insulin molecules. For example, regular human insulin
is hexameric. In order to exert a pharmacological effect, the
hexamer must first dissociate into three
dimers complexes of two insulin
molecules which then further dissociate into
individual insulin molecules, or monomers. Only monomeric
insulin exerts a physiological effect. Rapid-acting insulin
analogues are designed to further the dissolution of the
hexameric form, thereby reducing the time required to achieve an
effect. However, none of these products can approximate the
early insulin
7
release that follows the beginning of a meal. The Technosphere
Insulin System, on the other hand, appears to deliver monomeric
insulin to the deep lung, where the individual molecules diffuse
across a thin layer of cells to reach the bloodstream. No
changes to the insulin molecule are required before it can start
exerting its glucose-lowering effect.
Thus, we currently believe that Technosphere Insulin has the
potential to address insulin deficiency in diabetes in a manner
unlike any other insulin therapy, either existing or under
development. We further believe that our ability to produce a
better approximation of normal insulin physiology will translate
into better glucose control, thereby giving our investigational
product potential clinical and commercial advantages.
More
natural insulin profile translates to better glucose
control
When Technosphere Insulin is administered at or shortly after
the beginning of a meal, we have observed that blood glucose
levels after the meal are more tightly controlled than if
patients attempt to control their disease with subcutaneous
insulin or oral medications. These observations were made in our
clinical studies of the Technosphere Insulin System, three of
which are described in more detail below. We believe that this
improved glucose control stems from the synchronization of
Technosphere Insulin activity to meal digestion. Meal digestion
is somewhat variable, but lasts approximately three hours. The
figure below, taken from our clinical data, illustrates that
over 80% of the glucose-lowering activity of regular
subcutaneous insulin is not exerted until at least three hours
after a meal. Typically, this situation causes patients to eat
snacks between meals, contributing to the weight gain often
associated with insulin therapy. By contrast, up to 80% of the
action of Technosphere Insulin occurs within the first three
hours after a meal. We believe that this phenomenon explains why
we have seen almost no risk of severe hypoglycemia and no
therapy-related weight gain in our clinical trials to date.
Study
003b
In a Phase 2 study of 16 patients with type 2
diabetes, we compared the effect of mealtime doses of
Technosphere Insulin on blood glucose levels to the effect of
mealtime doses of subcutaneous insulin. This study employed a
cross-over design, so that patients were treated with either
Technosphere Insulin or subcutaneous injections of insulin at
mealtimes for approximately one week and then, after a washout
period, were treated with the other treatment for a further
week. At the end of each treatment period, patients were
administered a standardized meal and their blood insulin and
glucose levels were monitored for a
four-hour
period.
The graphs below show mean blood levels of insulin and glucose
following administration of the meal to patients at the end of
each treatment period. The panel on the left shows the
characteristically rapid appearance of insulin in the
bloodstream when Technosphere Insulin is inhaled as compared to
the much slower increase following the subcutaneous injection of
insulin. The panel on the right shows the corresponding
post-meal excursions, or changes from baseline, of glucose
absorbed from the meal following administration of either
Technosphere Insulin or
8
subcutaneous insulin. These data show that Technosphere Insulin
was able to limit the excursion of blood glucose during the
post-meal period in patients in this trial to a greater extent
than insulin administered subcutaneously.
|
|
|
Post-meal insulin
levels
|
|
Post-meal glucose
excursions
|
|
|
|
|
In study 003b, we quantified the total exposure to insulin and
the excursion of blood glucose levels by calculating the areas
under the mean insulin and glucose curves, respectively. The
results of this analysis are presented in the bar graph below.
The bars on the left show that the areas under the insulin curve
were virtually identical, indicating that patients in this trial
received the same total exposure to insulin, whether from
Technosphere Insulin or subcutaneous insulin. However, as shown
by the bars on the right, when these patients inhaled
Technosphere Insulin, there was a significantly decreased
excursion in post-meal levels of blood glucose. Across all these
patients, the mean total excursion of post-meal glucose levels
following administration of Technosphere Insulin was 48% less
than the mean excursion observed following administration of
subcutaneous insulin.
Post-meal
insulin levels and glucose excursions
This latter observation supports our belief that delivering
insulin in a manner that approximates the insulin response of
healthy individuals allows patients with diabetes to achieve
greater control over the glucose levels during the post-meal
period.
Study
008
In a larger Phase 2 clinical trial, we studied the
longer-term effects of meal-time insulin on blood glucose levels
in 123 patients with type 2 diabetes whose pre-study
treatment regimen consisted of either diet and exercise or one
or more diabetes medications. This trial did not include
patients whose diabetes had progressed to the point that they
were already taking daily insulin. Patients were included in the
study if their initial glycolated hemoglobin, or HbA1c, levels
were between 6.5% and 10.5%, which is an indication that they
were not achieving optimal glucose control on their current
therapy. HbAlc levels are a measure of the average blood glucose
level over the previous three to four months and an indication
of how well a patient is controlling glucose levels. Patients
were evaluated in two groups: those with moderate to severe
elevations of HbA1c levels with a baseline of 8.0% and above and
those with mild to moderate elevations of HbA1c levels with
baseline levels ranging from 6.6% to 7.9%. Patients were
9
randomized, in a
double-blind
fashion, into either a group that inhaled Technosphere Insulin
at mealtime or a control group that inhaled a placebo at
mealtime. The use of a study agent at mealtime was the only
variable in this study; all subjects continued their pre-study
treatment regimen (diet and exercise or oral medications) and
performed home blood glucose monitoring for the
12-week
duration of the study.
All patients were started on active or control therapy at a dose
of 6 units before each meal. The physicians adjusted the
inhaled study drug doses in increments of 6 or 12 units as
often as weekly in order to bring blood glucose to the desired
level of control. The maximum dose of mealtime Technosphere
Insulin allowed in the study was 48 units. In most cases,
patients did not reach their final maximum dose level until they
had already completed at least 8 out of 12 weeks of
treatment.
Patients with moderately severe elevations of HbA1c levels,
treated with Technosphere Insulin, experienced a mean reduction
in HbAlc levels of 1.37 percentage points over the limited
duration of the study, compared to a mean reduction of
0.51 percentage points in the control-treated group. The
difference in reduction of HbA1c levels between the Technosphere
Insulin and the control groups was statistically and clinically
significant in favor of Technosphere Insulin. Patients in this
trial with mild to moderate elevations of HbA1c levels, treated
with Technosphere Insulin, experienced a mean reduction in HbAlc
levels of 0.43 percentage points, compared to a mean
reduction of 0.18 percentage points in the control-treated
group. This difference was also statistically and clinically
significant in favor of Technosphere Insulin.
In this trial, we also conducted monthly evaluations of the
response of patients to a standardized meal, during which we
measured their post-meal glucose levels. We observed that the
average post-meal glucose excursions fell as patients progressed
to higher doses of Technosphere Insulin. At the highest average
dose (30 units), the average glucose excursion was 34
mg/dl, which was approximately half the excursion observed in
the control group.
Study
005
In a Phase 2b dose-ranging study, we evaluated the effect
of different mealtime doses of Technosphere Insulin added to a
single fixed daily injection of basal insulin glargine (Lantus)
in patients with type 2 diabetes. In total, 227 patients
were studied. Patients were followed on their existing therapy
for four weeks, then transferred to insulin glargine, and
subsequently randomized to receive, in a double blind fashion,
either inhaled placebo or Technosphere Insulin at dosages
of 14, 28, 42 or 56 units. Patients who received
Technosphere Insulin were force-titrated weekly to their
pre-assigned dose and remained on that dose for the duration of
the study. HbA1c levels and post-meal glucose excursions were
assessed at the initial visit, at the start of randomized
treatment and at study completion. Comparisons were made between
the groups receiving Technosphere Insulin and the group
receiving placebo.
The study demonstrated that the addition of Technosphere Insulin
to insulin glargine produced a statistically significant,
dose-dependent reduction in HbA1c levels. In patients treated
for eight weeks at 56 units (n=45), the mean reduction in
percent HbA1c levels was 0.79 below that observed in the placebo
group. We also observed a dose-dependent effect on post-meal
glucose excursions. The graph below shows how each increased
dose of Technosphere Insulin produced a proportional reduction
in the glucose excursion following a standardized meal.
10
Dose-dependent
reduction of post-meal glucose excursions
At the largest dose evaluated, 56 units, the maximal
post-meal glucose excursion was reduced to only 34 mg/dl, a
63% reduction compared to the control group.
Summary
We have seen in Phase 2 studies involving patients with
type 2 diabetes that Technosphere Insulin can substantially
reduce the excursion of glucose levels during the post-meal
period and can lower average glucose levels within a few weeks
of treatment. We are presently unable to assess the full glucose
lowering effect of Technosphere Insulin from our Phase 2
studies because HbA1c levels are a measure of average blood
glucose levels over the preceding three to four months, and in
these studies patients were only dosed at their final maximum
level for eight weeks or less. In the coming months, we plan to
complete studies that have followed patients for a longer period
of time, which we hope will give us better insight into the
effect of Technosphere Insulin on HbA1c levels.
In any event, we believe the ability of Technosphere Insulin to
substantially reduce post-meal glucose excursions is a
significant performance characteristic. A 2005 report in
Clinical Diabetes reviewed evidence that links excessive
post-meal glucose excursions to atherosclerosis and diabetic
vascular disease, a complication of diabetes that affects the
eyes, kidney and peripheral and autonomic nervous systems. The
authors recommended that patients with type 2 diabetes be
started on aggressive insulin therapy early in the course of the
disease rather than using it as a punishment for
failing to achieve glucose control with oral medications. We
believe that the Technosphere Insulin System, if approved and
commercialized, may offer physicians a means to help their
patients with diabetes reduce post-meal glucose excursions
without the pain and inconvenience of multiple daily insulin
injections.
Favorable
safety profile in clinical trials to date
To date, we have conducted clinical trials in Europe and the
United States that have involved a total of more than 800
individuals and approximately 60,000 patient-days of home
use. We have seen a significantly reduced number of mild,
moderate and severe hypoglycemic episodes associated with
Technosphere Insulin compared with the incidence reported with
use of other insulin products. In some patients, we have
observed mild coughing, usually limited to the period when
learning to use the inhalation technique. Other adverse events
reported in our clinical trials including
backache, common cold, pneumonia, anemia and
diarrhea were either found to be unrelated to
the administration of Technosphere Insulin or could not be
conclusively linked to its usage. We have also found no evidence
of treatment-induced insulin antibodies occurring in patients
treated with Technosphere Insulin.
In studies 008 and 005, we assessed pulmonary function in
patients that received Technosphere Insulin over a 12 week
period. In both studies, we found that there was no clinically
or statistically significant difference between the baseline
values and the final test results for these patients. In these
studies, we also looked for evidence of weight gain in the
patients that received Technosphere Insulin. The results
indicated that there was no change in weight
11
over the treatment period. Many of the patients from these
studies have been enrolled in a long-term safety study, which
should permit us to evaluate pulmonary function, weight gain and
other markers over a longer period of time.
We have an ongoing program of safety surveillance and adverse
event reporting for the purpose of evaluating the ongoing safety
data related to the use of our Technosphere Insulin System. Our
safety data are necessarily preliminary until we have completed
longer-term safety studies.
Convenient
and easy to use
To facilitate the delivery of Technosphere-formulated drugs to
the deep lung, we developed an inhaler that utilizes single-use,
disposable, plastic cartridges containing drug-loaded powder.
Our MedTone inhaler is light and easy to use, and fits in the
palm of the patients hand, which we believe facilitates
patient compliance. To administer a dose, the patient opens the
device, inserts a cartridge of Technosphere Insulin powder into
the inhaler, inserts the mouthpiece into the mouth and takes a
deep breath, thereby drawing the powder deep into the lungs. The
device incorporates an airflow regulator that is designed to
ensure a consistent airflow from patient to patient and from use
to use, even in patients with restricted airflow capacity. In
addition, the inhaler is breath actuated, which means that the
patient does not need to coordinate a breath with any
manipulation of the device, such as priming or pumping. In our
clinical trials of our Technosphere Insulin System, patients
have reported a high level of satisfaction with the MedTone
inhaler.
We believe the ease of use of the MedTone inhaler complements
the time-action profile of the Technosphere Insulin powder to
produce a highly convenient system. Because insulin is
transferred to the bloodstream rapidly with our therapy, we
believe that the optimal and most convenient time for patients
to take a dose of Technosphere Insulin is right at the start of
a meal. In contrast, with subcutaneous regular insulin, it is
recommended that the user try to time an injection 15 to 45
minutes before the expected mealtime, raising issues such as
miscalculation of time or unanticipated change in meal
availability, which could result in an increase in adverse
events.
Higher
relative bioavailability
Our clinical trials to date have indicated that a substantial
percentage of the insulin formulated as Technosphere Insulin
enters the bloodstream where it can exert a glucose-lowering
effect. Pharmacologists use the term bioavailability
to describe the percentage of the dosage form of a drug that
enters the bloodstream and is available to exert an effect.
Unless a drug is administered intravenously, its bioavailability
is usually less than 100% because it must first be absorbed into
the bloodstream and may be partially metabolized before it can
exert an effect. The term relative bioavailability
is used when the effect of a new formulation is compared to the
effect of an established standard formulation, which, for
insulin products, is regular human insulin injected
subcutaneously.
Based on the results of our clinical trials and on our analysis
of published reports of the performance of other pulmonary
insulin systems in development, we believe that the relative
bioavailability associated with our Technosphere Insulin System
is up to three times greater than that reported for the other
inhaled insulin platforms. We have observed that the relative
bioavailability of Technosphere Insulin is as high as 28%
compared to the approximately 11% relative bioavailability that
has been reported by Pfizer for Exubera. In both cases, these
measures are based on the amount of insulin present in the
dosage form of the product, but we believe that the
bioavailability is dependent on the amount that reaches the deep
lung. With our Technosphere Insulin System, we know that not all
of the powder contained in a cartridge makes it to the deep
lung. For example, a small amount of the powder clings to the
walls of the cartridge or remains in the mouthpiece. In
addition, some of the powder that is discharged from our inhaler
upon breath activation does not reach the bloodstream because
the particles are not in the size range that we believe would
reach the deep lung. Instead, these particles are likely
deposited in the mouth and throat where they are swallowed and
become not bioavailable. When corrected for these factors, we
have calculated the relative bioavailability of Technosphere
Insulin as approximately 56%.
One advantage of having a high relative bioavailability compared
to other inhaled insulin systems is that the Technosphere
Insulin System utilizes less insulin in order to achieve a
specific glucose-lowering effect. This is likely to be safer
from a clinical perspective and offers a potential cost of goods
benefit from a manufacturing perspective. In addition, with a
higher relative bioavailability, the response to a given dose
would be expected to be less variable because a smaller portion
of the insulin in the dosage form is lost before it reaches the
bloodstream.
12
CLINICAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
The
Technosphere Insulin System
We are currently conducting a number of studies of the safety
and efficacy of the Technosphere Insulin System, including the
following trials that are underway or planned for 2006:
Study
010
This ongoing trial is a three-year evaluation of the safety and
tolerability of Technosphere Insulin in patients with type 2
diabetes who have participated in study 008 or study 005. The
primary objective is to evaluate pulmonary function with
secondary objectives to examine changes in HbA1c levels, insulin
antibodies, frequency of adverse events and quality of life.
Study
030
This is a two-year, prospective, multi-site study that
incorporates two design strategies. The first component is a
randomized, open-label trial comparing pulmonary function in two
groups of patients with diabetes. One group of approximately
625 patients is being treated with Technosphere Insulin and
the other group of approximately 625 patients is being
treated with existing oral
and/or
injectable therapies. The second component is a comparison of
pulmonary function in the patients with diabetes who are not
treated with Technosphere Insulin to a group of 125 subjects
without any abnormalities in glucose control. Enrollment for
this study began in June 2005 and is expected to be complete
later in 2006.
Study
014
This study compared the efficacy of mealtime use of Technosphere
Insulin plus basal insulin to mealtime use of rapid-acting,
subcutaneous insulin plus basal insulin in approximately
240 patients with type 2 diabetes who had a baseline HbA1c
level greater than 7.0% and less than 11.5%. The primary
efficacy endpoint for this study was mean change in HbA1c levels
from baseline to treatment week 24. Enrollment was completed in
July 2005.
Study
101
This trial compared mealtime use of Technosphere Insulin to
mealtime use of rapid-acting, subcutaneous insulin in
approximately 90 patients with type 1 diabetes, who were
evaluated over a
12-week
period. The primary efficacy endpoint was the change in blood
glucose levels following a standard meal. Enrollment was
completed in July 2005.
Study
009
This study is similar to Study 101, but will follow a population
of approximately 500 patients with type 1 diabetes for a
12-month
period. Efficacy will be evaluated on the basis of changes in
HbA1c levels as well as changes in blood glucose levels after a
standardized mixed meal. We began enrolling patients in this
study in the first quarter of 2006.
Study
102
This study will compare the efficacy of mealtime use of
Technosphere Insulin to the twice-daily use of premixed insulin,
a mixture of long- and short-acting insulin, in a population of
approximately 500 patients with type 2 diabetes. Efficacy
will be evaluated on the basis of changes in HbA1c levels as
well as changes in blood glucose levels after a standardized
mixed meal. We began enrolling patients in this study in the
first quarter of 2006.
Study
103
This study will evaluate the efficacy of Technosphere Insulin
alone and in combination with metformin, an oral medication, in
approximately 500 patients with type 2 diabetes who are not
achieving desired glucose control with a combination of
metformin and sulphonylurea, another oral medication. Efficacy
will be evaluated on the basis of
13
changes in HbA1c levels after 26 weeks of treatment as well
as changes in blood glucose levels after a standardized mixed
meal. We plan to begin enrolling patients in this study in the
second quarter of 2006.
Special
population studies
We have two ongoing studies: one examining the impact of asthma
and the other examining the impact of chronic smoking on the
pharmacokinetics associated with Technosphere Insulin. We plan
to use the results of these studies to conduct safety studies in
patients with asthma and in chronic smokers that also have
diabetes. We also plan to conduct a safety study in patients
with both diabetes and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
Other special population studies include a trial that will
examine the elimination of Technosphere Insulin in patients with
kidney disease and a trial that will examine the effect of
Technosphere Insulin in patients with liver disease.
Cancer
immunotherapy program
We are also developing therapies for the treatment of solid
tumor cancers. The lead product candidate in this program,
MKC1106, is intended for the treatment of several solid-tumor
cancers, including ovarian, colorectal, pancreatic, renal,
breast and prostate carcinomas. We plan to commence clinical
trials for MKC1106 late in the fourth quarter of 2006.
Our cancer therapy program utilizes the bodys immune
system to help eradicate tumor cells. The immune system is a
network of cells and organs that defends the body against
infection and abnormal cells, such as cancer. A key element of
the immune system is its ability to distinguish between healthy
cells and foreign or diseased cells that do not belong in the
body. The immune system accomplishes this task by recognizing
distinctive molecules called epitopes found on the surface of
each cell as either normal or abnormal, and responding to them
appropriately. Any substance capable of triggering an immune
response is known as an antigen. An antigen can be all or part
of a pathogenic organism or it can be a by-product of diseased
cells. Certain specialized cells of the immune system sample
antigens present in the body and present the epitopes associated
with foreign antigens to other cells of the immune system whose
function is to destroy any cell that expresses the same epitope;
this is known as cell-mediated immunity. In this way, the immune
system can launch a very specific response to infection or
disease.
Our approach uses DNA- and peptide-based compounds that
correspond to tumor-associated antigens that are expressed in a
range of solid-tumor cancers. A patient is first
primed by DNA-based compounds, or plasmids, that are
injected directly into the patients lymph nodes. This is
designed to sensitize the immune system to the
tumor-associated
antigens encoded by the plasmids. After a period of time, the
patients lymph nodes are then injected with synthetic
peptides that are designed to boost or greatly
amplify the immune response to the target antigens. This
prime-boost regimen is designed to provoke a potent
cell-mediated immune response that destroys cancer cells along
with the underlying blood supply to a tumor.
We believe that our therapeutic approach addresses several
deficiencies inherent in earlier approaches to cancer
immunotherapy, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Specificity. We target cancer epitopes to
which the immune system has not developed a tolerance, instead
of targeting the dominant epitopes expressed by cancerous cells,
many of which are tolerated by the immune system. We have
developed technology designed to identify the non-tolerated
epitopes on the cancer cell surface, and we have developed a
method of modifying these epitopes that is designed to activate
an immune response. Through this process, we believe that the
bodys tolerance of the cancer cells can be broken, leading
to the destruction of the cancer by the immune system.
|
|
|
|
Administration. In contrast to the
conventional subcutaneous or intramuscular route of
administration, our compounds are delivered directly into the
patients lymph nodes, where studies have shown they will
have the greatest impact. We believe that the direct delivery of
our compounds will bring local high concentrations of the active
components of our compounds into contact with high
concentrations of the cells needed to generate a potent
cell-mediated immune response.
|
|
|
|
Selectivity, potency and duration of
response. We deliver our therapeutic compounds in
a manner that we believe primes the immune system to respond to
cancer cells expressing specific epitopes, in much the same way
that a chronic infection evokes a progressively increased immune
response to invading bacteria. Our
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
administrative regimen is designed to boost the immune response
over the course of a treatment cycle so that it becomes
increasingly potent and long acting.
|
OUR
STRATEGY
Our objective is to develop products primarily in the major
therapeutic areas of diabetes and cancer. Our strategy is to
achieve this objective by doing the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Commercialize our Technosphere Insulin System for the
insulin-using diabetes market. We intend to
advance our Technosphere Insulin System through Phase 3
clinical trials and then into commercialization, with the goal
of first establishing a significant presence for Technosphere
Insulin in the insulin-using diabetes market. We believe that
the market for insulin products has the potential to expand as a
result of the launch of Exubera, primarily due to the
non-invasive nature of pulmonary insulin delivery. We believe
the advantages in terms of safety, efficacy and convenience of
the Technosphere Insulin System, as compared to other pulmonary
insulin products, will enable us to capture a significant
portion of the existing and expanded insulin-using diabetes
market.
|
|
|
|
Establish our Technosphere Insulin System as the preferred
drug therapy within the broader population of people with type 2
diabetes. Our target markets also include patients with type
2 diabetes who are currently using conventional therapies other
than insulin, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
patients currently using diet and exercise therapy but who are
having difficulty achieving proper blood glucose control;
|
|
|
|
patients for whom diet and exercise therapy has failed, but who
otherwise would have started non-insulin oral
medications; and
|
|
|
|
patients currently using non-insulin oral medications.
|
A 2004 article in the New England Journal of Medicine reported
that that aggressive insulin therapy, aimed at limiting
post-meal glucose excursions, early in the course of the disease
can reduce the risk of long-term cardiovascular complications.
We believe that our Technosphere Insulin System, if approved,
could be effective in an aggressive early insulin therapy
program in two ways: it approximates the natural time-action
profile of insulin in a manner that appears to provide better
control over post-meal glucose excursions than injections, and
it offers a more convenient way to take insulin than injections.
As a result, we believe that our Technosphere Insulin System
could have the potential to become a preferred drug therapy for
a broad population of people with type 2 diabetes.
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluate strategic collaborations for the development,
marketing and commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin
System. We are evaluating potential collaboration
opportunities with large pharmaceutical companies in the United
States, Europe and Japan to provide marketing, sales and
financial resources to commercialize and sell our Technosphere
Insulin System. We have not licensed or transferred any of our
rights to this product. Our goal is to retain worldwide
manufacturing rights for our Technosphere Insulin System.
|
|
|
|
Advance our cancer immunotherapy program into clinical
trials. We intend to commence clinical trials of
our first cancer immunotherapy product late in the fourth
quarter of 2006. Our intent is to evaluate the safety and
efficacy of this program for the treatment of a range of
solid-tumor cancers, including ovarian, colorectal, pancreatic,
renal, breast and prostate carcinomas.
|
|
|
|
Expand our proprietary Technosphere formulation technology
for the delivery of other drugs. We are
developing additional applications for our proprietary
Technosphere formulation technology by formulating other drugs
for pulmonary delivery. We believe our proprietary Technosphere
formulation technology can also be extended to other forms of
local administration, such as gastrointestinal delivery, because
of its apparent ability to stabilize drugs and facilitate
transport across cellular membranes without damage.
|
15
SALES AND
MARKETING
We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution
capabilities and have no experience as a company in marketing or
selling pharmaceutical products. Our efforts to date have
primarily been directed at developing products for a number of
different markets. Assuming that we receive regulatory approval
for our product candidates, we anticipate that we will have to
pursue different sales and marketing strategies tailored to each
particular product and market segment. In order to commercially
market any of our products, we will also need either to develop
a sales and marketing infrastructure ourselves or collaborate
with third parties who have greater sales and marketing
capabilities and have access to potentially large markets.
Although we believe that establishing our own sales and
marketing organizations in North America would have substantial
advantages, we recognize that this may not be practical for some
of our products and that collaborating with companies with
established sales and marketing capabilities in a particular
market or markets may be a more effective alternative for some
products. To date, we have retained worldwide commercialization
rights for all of our products, including our lead product, the
Technosphere Insulin System. We believe that this will give us
flexibility if we enter into collaborations to provide the
necessary sales and marketing support.
We are evaluating potential collaboration opportunities to
assist us in the development and commercialization of our
Technosphere Insulin System in the United States, Europe and
Japan, and we may also create parallel in-house sales and
marketing operations in certain key markets, particularly in the
United States.
MANUFACTURING
AND SUPPLY
We purchase human recombinant insulin under a long-term contract
with Diosynth B.V., a global producer of insulin and a
subsidiary of Akzo Nobel. This agreement has no specified
termination date, but generally may be terminated upon
two-years advance notice by either party. In addition,
Diosynth has agreed to support our regulatory filings relating
to the Technosphere Insulin System in the United States and
abroad. We believe Diosynth has sufficient capacity to provide
us with sufficient quantities of insulin to support our needs
through the initial stages of commercialization. We must rely on
our insulin supplier to maintain compliance with relevant
regulatory requirements including cGMP.
We have a long-term supply agreement with Vaupell, Inc., an
independent third party, for the manufacture and supply of our
MedTone inhaler and the cartridges that are inserted into it. We
rely on this manufacturer to comply with relevant regulatory
requirements, including compliance with Quality System
Regulations, or QSRs. We believe our manufacturer has the
capacity to meet our Phase 3 clinical and initial
commercial requirements.
Currently, we obtain our Technosphere pre-cursor raw material
from Degussa AG, a major chemical manufacturer with facilities
in Europe and North America. We also have the capability of
manufacturing this chemical ourselves in our Danbury,
Connecticut facility, which is now treated as a back up
facility. We are in the process of qualifying another secondary
manufacturer to supply us with commercial quantities of this raw
material. Like us, our third-party manufacturers are subject to
extensive governmental regulation.
We formulate and fill the Technosphere Insulin powder into
plastic cartridges and blister package the cartridges in a
manufacturing suite in our Danbury facility. We believe that our
Danbury facility has adequate capacity to meet our currently
anticipated clinical trial needs. We are continuing to increase
our filling and packaging capacity through the acquisition of
new equipment and the expansion of our clean rooms and other
manufacturing facilities. We believe that our building
improvements have been adequately validated to date and that the
facility continues to substantially conform with cGMP. We have
initiated the design and construction of a modular filling and
packaging system that will increase our filling and packaging
capacity. The new system is designed to operate at high speeds
in a very small space, and capacity can be expanded by using
multiple units.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
Our success will depend in large measure on our ability to
obtain and enforce our intellectual property rights, effectively
maintain our trade secrets and avoid infringing the proprietary
rights of third parties. Our policy is to file patent
applications on what we deem to be important technological
developments that might relate to our product candidates or
methods of using our product candidates and to seek intellectual
property protection in the
16
United States, Europe, Japan and selected other
jurisdictions for all significant inventions. We have obtained,
are seeking, and will continue to seek patent protection on the
compositions of matter, methods and devices flowing from our
research and development efforts. We have also in-licensed
certain technology.
With respect to our Technosphere Insulin System, our core
patents claim Technosphere particles as compositions of matter
as well as methods for manufacturing Technosphere particles that
incorporate drugs. The first of these patents expires in 2012,
but subsequent patents provide additional coverage for the
composition of matter and methods of use of the current product
until 2020. We also hold patents that claim methods of using
Technosphere particles for the pulmonary delivery of drugs.
These patents relating to Technosphere Insulin do not expire
until 2015. In addition, we are prosecuting patent applications
related to the MedTone inhaler device and the capsules that
contain the dry powder. We have filed and intend to continue to
file additional patent applications on improvements to the
Technosphere technology and its manufacture, as well as on
specific compositions of matter formed using this technology in
combination with drugs. To date, we have been issued 14 US and
foreign Technosphere-related patents and have over 40 pending
applications in different jurisdictions claiming inventions
related to the Technosphere technology and the dry powder
inhaler.
Our cancer immunotherapy program is built on proprietary methods
for the selection, design and administration of epitopes. We
have 90 pending patent applications relating to this technology,
both as methods of use and compositions of matter. We are
pursuing patents on the use of our administration method to
induce and maintain a cell-mediated immune response. The
prosecution is ongoing in many jurisdictions; however, we have
been granted four patents related to this method, including two
in the United States, which do not expire until 2018. We also
have patent applications related to differential antigen
processing and product designs. Two patents from this group have
issued in the United States, which provides us with protection
until 2020. In addition to applications of these broad
technologies, we have filed and will continue to file patent
applications on specific compounds and the protocols for
administering them.
The fields of pulmonary drug delivery and cancer therapies are
crowded and a substantial number of patents have been issued in
these fields. In addition, because patent positions can be
highly uncertain and frequently involve complex legal and
factual questions, the breadth of claims obtained in any
application or the enforceability of issued patents cannot be
confidently predicted. Further, there can be substantial delays
in commercializing pharmaceutical products, which can partially
consume the statutory period of exclusivity through patents.
In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be
significantly reduced before a patent is issued, either in the
United States or abroad. Statutory differences in patentable
subject matter may limit the protection we can obtain on some of
our inventions outside of the United States. For example,
methods of treating humans are not patentable in many countries
outside of the United States. These and other issues may limit
the patent protection we will be able to secure internationally.
Consequently, we do not know whether any of our pending or
future patent applications will result in the issuance of
patents or, to the extent patents have been issued or will be
issued, whether these patents will be subjected to further
proceedings limiting their scope, will provide significant
proprietary protection or competitive advantage, or will be
circumvented or invalidated. Furthermore, patents already issued
to us or our pending applications may become subject to disputes
that could be resolved against us. In addition, patent
applications in the United States filed before November 29,
2000 are currently maintained in secrecy until the patent
issues, although in certain countries, including the United
States, for applications filed on or after November 29,
2000, applications are generally published 18 months after
the applications priority date. In any event, because
publication of discoveries in scientific or patent literature
often trails behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain
that we were the first creator of inventions covered by our
pending patent applications or that we were the first to file
patent applications on such inventions.
Although we own a number of domestic and foreign patents and
patent applications relating to our Technosphere Insulin System
and cancer vaccine products under development, we have
identified certain third-party patents that a court may
interpret to restrict our freedom to operate (that is, to cover
our products) in the areas of Technosphere formulations,
pulmonary insulin delivery and the treatment of cancer.
Specifically, we have identified certain
third-party
patents having claims relating to chemical compositions of
matter and pulmonary insulin delivery that may trigger an
allegation of infringement upon the commercial manufacture and
sale of our Technosphere Insulin System. We have also identified
third-party patents disclosing methods and compositions of
matter related to
17
DNA-based
vaccines that also may trigger an allegation of infringement
upon the commercial manufacture and sale of cancer therapy. We
believe, based in part on advice of counsel, that we are not
infringing any valid claims of any patent owned by a third
party. However, if a court were to determine that our inhaled
insulin products or cancer therapies were infringing any of
these patent rights, we would have to establish with the court
that these patents were invalid in order to avoid legal
liability for infringement of these patents. Proving patent
invalidity can be difficult because issued patents are presumed
valid. Therefore, in the event that we are unable to prevail in
an infringement or invalidity action we will either have to
acquire the third-party patents outright or seek a
royalty-bearing license. Royalty-bearing licenses effectively
increase costs and therefore may materially affect product
profitability. Furthermore, should the patent holder refuse to
either assign or license us the infringed patents, it may be
necessary to cease manufacturing the product entirely
and/or
design around the patents. In either event, our business would
be harmed and our profitability could be materially adversely
impacted. If third parties file patent applications, or are
issued patents claiming technology also claimed by us in pending
applications, we may be required to participate in interference
proceedings in the US Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to
determine priority of invention. We may be required to
participate in interference proceedings involving our issued
patents and pending applications.
We also rely on trade secrets and know-how, which are not
protected by patents, to maintain our competitive position. We
require our officers, employees, consultants and advisors to
execute proprietary information and invention and assignment
agreements upon commencement of their relationships with us.
These agreements provide that all confidential information
developed or made known to the individual during the course of
our relationship must be kept confidential, except in specified
circumstances. These agreements also provide that all inventions
developed by the individual on behalf of us must be assigned to
us and that the individual will cooperate with us in connection
with securing patent protection on the invention if we wish to
pursue such protection. There can be no assurance, however, that
these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our
inventions, trade secrets or other proprietary information in
the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of such information.
We also execute confidentiality agreements with outside
collaborators. However, disputes may arise as to the ownership
of proprietary rights to the extent that outside collaborators
apply technological information developed independently by them
or others to our projects, or apply our technology to outside
projects, and there can be no assurance that any such disputes
would be resolved in our favor. In addition, any of these
parties may breach the agreements and disclose our confidential
information or our competitors might learn of the information in
some other way. If any trade secret, know-how or other
technology not protected by a patent were to be disclosed to or
independently developed by a competitor, our business, results
of operations and financial condition could be adversely
affected.
COMPETITION
The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are intensely
competitive and characterized by rapidly evolving technology and
intense research and development efforts. We expect to compete
with companies, including the major international pharmaceutical
companies, and other institutions that have substantially
greater financial, research and development, marketing and sales
capabilities and have substantially greater experience in
undertaking preclinical and clinical testing of products,
obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing and selling
biopharmaceutical products. We will face competition based on,
among other things, product efficacy and safety, the timing and
scope of regulatory approvals, ease of use and cost.
We believe our Technosphere Insulin System provides us with
important competitive advantages in the delivery of insulin when
compared with currently known alternatives. However, new drugs
or further developments in alternative drug delivery methods may
provide greater therapeutic benefits, or comparable benefits at
lower cost, than our Technosphere Insulin System. There can be
no assurance that existing or new competitors will not introduce
products or processes competitive with or superior to our
product candidates.
We have set forth below more detailed information about certain
of our competitors. The following is based on information
currently available to us.
18
Other
pulmonary and oral insulin delivery systems
In January 2006, the FDA approved Exubera, which was developed
by Pfizer, Inc. in collaboration with Nektar Therapeutics, for
the treatment of adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes, as did
the European Medicines Evaluation Agency. Eli Lilly and Company,
in collaboration with Alkermes, Inc., is also developing a
pulmonary insulin product. These companies initiated a
Phase 3 clinical trial in July 2005, which is required to
define the safety and efficacy of the Lilly/Alkermes product.
Novo Nordisk A.S. has announced their intent to re-initiate
Phase 3 clinical testing of their pulmonary insulin
product. Kos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is also developing a
pulmonary insulin product.
There are also several companies, including Nobex Corporation,
Generex Biotechnology Corporation and Emisphere Technologies,
Inc., that are pursuing development of products for the oral
delivery of insulin. We believe these products are currently in
relatively early clinical trials.
Non-insulin
oral medications
We expect that our Technosphere Insulin System will compete with
currently available non-insulin oral medications for type 2
diabetes. These products include sulfonylureas, metformin and
various insulin sensitizers. The sulfonylureas, which are mostly
generic, act by directly stimulating insulin secretion and have
been the principal non-insulin oral medication used to treat
type 2 diabetes for several decades. Metformin, which is now
available as a generic drug and is also marketed by
Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company as Glucophage, has also been
widely used for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Insulin
sensitizers, including Avandia, which is being marketed by
GlaxoSmithKline PLC, and Actos, which is being marketed by
Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc. and Eli
Lilly & Company, are increasingly being used to treat
type 2 diabetes.
Injected
insulin
In the subcutaneous insulin market, our competitors have made
considerable efforts to develop faster acting injectable insulin
formulations. Humalog, which was developed by Eli Lilly and
Company, and Insulin Aspart, or NovoLog, which was developed by
Novo Nordisk A/S, are the two principal injectable insulin
formulations with which we expect to compete.
Other
injected diabetes medications
There is considerable interest in a new class of injectible
diabetes drugs known as incretin mimetic agents. These drugs
simulate or alter the activity of naturally occurring hormones
that are released from the digestive system, such as
GLP-1, GIP
and others. These hormones modulate the metabolism of
energy-containing compounds in the body, such as glucose, fat
and protein. The most advanced of these drugs are Symlin and
Byetta, being marketed by Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in
collaboration with Eli Lilly & Company. Several other
pharmaceutical companies are working on additional incretin
mimetic agents or on incretin modifiers, such as DPP-IV
inhibitors, which act to extend the potency of
GLP-1.
Immunotherapy
Over the last decade or so, a variety of companies have sought
to develop therapeutic compounds that provide a selective immune
response against cancer. Some of these companies, including
Dendreon Corporation, Antigenics Inc., CancerVax Corporation,
Cell Genesys Inc. and Corixa Corporation, have focused on
products derived from the patients own cancer or other
cells, or tumor cell lines, which can take the form of whole
cells or cell fragments, or on tumor antigens extracted from
cancerous cells. Other companies, including CancerVax
Corporation, Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Therion Biologics
Corporation and Vical Incorporated, are pursuing therapies
designed to work across a broad spectrum of patients and tumor
types.
GOVERNMENT
REGULATION AND PRODUCT APPROVAL
The FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state, local and
foreign jurisdictions impose substantial requirements upon the
clinical development, manufacture and marketing of medical
devices and new drug products. These
19
agencies, through regulations that implement the Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act, as amended, or FDCA, and other regulations,
regulate research and development activities and the
development, testing, manufacture, labeling, storage, shipping,
approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of such
products. In addition, if our products are marketed abroad, they
also are subject to export requirements and to regulation by
foreign governments. The regulatory clearance process is
generally lengthy, expensive and uncertain. Failure to comply
with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result
in sanctions being imposed on us or the manufacturers of our
products, including hold letters on clinical research, civil or
criminal fines or other penalties, product recalls, or seizures,
or total or partial suspension of production or injunctions,
refusals to permit products to be imported into or exported out
of the United States, refusals of the FDA to grant approval of
drugs or to allow us to enter into government supply contracts,
withdrawals of previously approved marketing applications and
criminal prosecutions.
The steps typically required before an unapproved new drug
product for use in humans may be marketed in the United States
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Preclinical studies that include laboratory evaluation of
product chemistry and formulation, as well as animal studies to
assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. Certain
preclinical tests must be conducted in compliance with good
laboratory practice regulations. Violations of these regulations
can, in some cases, lead to invalidation of the studies, or
requiring such studies to be replicated. In some cases,
long-term preclinical studies are conducted while clinical
studies are ongoing.
|
|
|
|
Submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug
application, or IND, which must become effective before human
clinical trials may commence. The results of the preclinical
studies are submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Unless the
FDA objects, the IND becomes effective 30 days following
receipt by the FDA.
|
|
|
|
Approval of clinical protocols by independent investigational
review boards, or IRBs, at each of the participating clinical
centers conducting a study. The IRBs consider, among other
things, ethical factors, the potential risks to individuals
participating in the trials and the potential liability of the
institution. The IRB also approves the consent form signed by
the trial participants.
|
|
|
|
Adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish
the safety and efficacy of the product. Clinical trials involve
the administration of the drug to healthy volunteers or to
patients under the supervision of a qualified medical
investigator according to an approved protocol. The clinical
trials are conducted in accordance with protocols that detail
the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used to
monitor participant safety and efficacy or other criteria to be
evaluated. Each protocol is submitted to the FDA as part of the
IND. Companies also must generally determine the details of
properly treating pediatric patients with a drug and this can
sometimes mean that specific pediatric studies must be
performed. Human clinical trials are typically conducted in the
following four sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:
|
|
|
|
In Phase 1, the drug is initially introduced into a small
number of individuals and tested for safety, dosage tolerance,
absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion. Phase I
clinical trials are often conducted in healthy human volunteers
and such cases do not provide evidence of efficacy. In case of
severe or life-threatening diseases, the initial human testing
is often conducted in patients rather than healthy volunteers.
Because these patients already have the target disease, these
studies may provide initial evidence of efficacy traditionally
obtained in Phase 2 clinical trials. Consequently, these
types of trials are frequently referred to as Phase 1/2
clinical trials. The FDA receives reports on the progress of
each phase of clinical testing and it may require the
modification, suspension or termination of clinical trials if it
concludes that an unwarranted risk is presented to patients or
healthy volunteers.
|
|
|
|
Phase 2 involves clinical trials in a limited patient
population to further identify any possible adverse effects and
safety risks, to determine the efficacy of the product for
specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and
optimal dosage.
|
|
|
|
Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate
dosage, clinical efficacy and to further test for safety in an
expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical
study sites. Phase 3 clinical trials usually include a
broader patient population so that safety and efficacy can be
substantially established.
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
Phase 3 clinical trials begin once Phase 2 evaluations
demonstrate that a dosage range of the product may be effective
and has an acceptable safety profile.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phase 4 clinical trials are performed if the FDA requires,
or a company pursues, additional clinical trials after a product
is approved. These clinical trials may be made a condition to be
satisfied after a drug receives approval. The results of
Phase 4 clinical trials can confirm the effectiveness of a
product candidate and can provide important safety information
to augment the FDAs voluntary adverse drug reaction
reporting system.
|
|
|
|
Concurrent with clinical trials and preclinical studies,
companies also must develop information about the chemistry and
physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for
manufacturing the product in accordance with drug cGMP
requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of
consistently producing quality batches of the product and the
manufacturer must develop methods for testing the quality,
purity, and potency of the final products. Additionally,
appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and chemistry
stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the
product does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its
shelf-life.
|
|
|
|
Submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA, for
non-biological drugs such as insulin, based on the clinical
trials. The results of pharmaceutical development, preclinical
studies, and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA in the
form of an NDA for approval of the marketing and commercial
shipment of the product. Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act
of 2003, or PREA, NDAs are required to include an assessment,
generally based on clinical study data, of the safety and
efficacy of drugs for all relevant pediatric populations. The
statute provides for waivers or deferrals in certain situations
but we can make no assurances that such situations will apply to
us or our product candidates.
|
|
|
|
The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted before it accepts them for
filing. It may request additional information rather than
accepting an application for filing. In this event, the
application must be resubmitted with the additional information.
The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the
FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for
filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA. The FDA
has substantial discretion in the approval process and may
disagree with an applicants interpretation of the data
submitted in its NDA. Also, as part of this review, the FDA may
refer the application to an appropriate advisory committee,
typically a panel of clinicians, for review, evaluation and a
recommendation. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an
advisory committee. Manufacturing establishments often also are
subject to inspections prior to NDA approval to assure
compliance with cGMP and with manufacturing commitments made in
the relevant marketing application. Under the Prescription Drug
User Fee Act, or PDUFA, certain pharmaceutical establishment,
product and application fees were established. Submission of an
NDA with clinical data requires payment of a fee. For fiscal
year 2005, the required fee is $672,000. Under PDUFA, the FDA
assigns a review goal for standard applications of
10 months from acceptance of the application, at which time
the FDA may approve the product or request additional
information. It is not unusual for the FDA to ask for more
information upon completion of this first review cycle. There
can be no assurance that an application will be approved during
the first review cycle or any subsequent review cycles or that
the FDA may not extend the PDUFA deadlines.
|
|
|
|
FDA approval of the NDA must be granted prior to any commercial
sale or shipment of the drug product. The FDA may deny an NDA
approval if safety, efficacy or other regulatory requirements
are not satisfied. The FDA may also require additional testing
or information before approving the NDA. If regulatory approval
of the product is granted, such approval may require
post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety of
the product or may entail limitations on the indicated uses for
which the product may be marketed or advertised. The FDA may
require additional testing or information before approving the
NDA. In addition, product approval may be withdrawn if
compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if
problems occur following the commencement of marketing.
|
Clinical trials are designed and conducted in a variety of ways.
A placebo-controlled trial is one in which the trial
tests the results of a group of patients, referred to as an
arm of the trial, receiving the drug being tested
against those of an arm that receives a placebo, which is a
substance of identical appearance that is not therapeutic in a
medical or chemical sense. In a double-blind study,
neither the researcher nor the patient knows into which arm of
21
the trial the patient has been placed, or whether the patient is
receiving the drug or the placebo. Randomized means
that upon enrollment, patients are placed into one arm or the
other at random by computer. Parallel control trials
generally involve a study arm with a patient population that is
not exposed to the study medication (i.e., is either on placebo
or standard treatment protocols) for comparison to the drug
being tested and groups are assigned upon patient admission to
the study and remain in those groups for the duration of the
study. An open label study is one where the
researcher and the patient know that the patient is receiving
the drug. A trial is said to be pivotal if it is
designed to meet statistical criteria with respect to
pre-determined endpoints, or clinical objectives,
that the sponsor believes, based usually on its interactions
with the relevant regulatory authority, will be sufficient for
regulatory approval. In most cases, at least two
pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials are necessary
for approval. Claims regarding the superiority of one drug
product over another generally must be supported by so-called
head-to-head
clinical trials involving comparison of one drug to another to
which superiority is claimed. Under the PREA of 2003, an NDA
also must include an assessment, generally based on clinical
study data, on the safety and efficacy of a drug for all
relevant pediatric populations. The statute provides for waivers
or deferrals in certain situations but we can make no assurances
that such situations will apply to us or our product candidates.
Medical products containing a combination of new drugs,
biological products, or medical devices may be regulated as
combination products in the United States. A
combination product generally is defined as a product comprised
of components from two or more regulatory categories
(e.g., drug/device, device/biologic, drug/biologic). Each
component of a combination product is subject to the
requirements established by the FDA for that type of component,
whether a new drug, biologic, or device. In order to facilitate
premarket review of combination products, the FDA designates one
of its centers to have primary jurisdiction for the premarket
review and regulation of both components. The determination
whether a product is a combination product or two separate
products is made by the FDA on a
case-by-case
basis. We have had discussions with the FDA about the status of
our Technosphere Insulin System as a combination product and we
have been told that the FDA considers our product a combination
drug/device. There have been some indications from the FDA that
the review of a future drug marketing application for our
Technosphere Insulin System will involve three separate review
groups of the FDA: (1) the Metabolism and Endocrine Drug
Products Division; (2) the Pulmonary Drug Products
Division; and (3) the Center for Devices and Radiological
Health within the FDA that reviews Medical Devices. Although the
FDA has not made an official final decision in this regard, we
currently understand that the Metabolic and Endocrine Drug
Products Division will be the lead group and obtain consulting
reviews from the other two FDA groups.
The testing and approval process requires substantial time,
effort and financial resources. We cannot be certain that any
approval of our products will be granted on a timely basis, if
at all. If any of our products are approved for marketing by the
FDA, we will be subject to continuing regulation by the FDA,
including record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse
experiences with the product, submitting other periodic reports,
drug sampling and distribution requirements, notifying the FDA
and gaining its approval of certain manufacturing or labeling
changes, and complying with certain electronic records and
signature requirements. Prior to and following approval, if
granted, all manufacturing sites are subject to inspection by
the FDA and other national regulatory bodies and must comply
with cGMP, QSR and other requirements enforced by the FDA and
other national regulatory bodies through their facilities
inspection program. Foreign manufacturing establishments must
comply with similar regulations. In addition, our
drug-manufacturing facilities located in Danbury and the
facilities of our insulin supplier and the supplier of our
MedTone inhaler and cartridges are subject to federal
registration and listing requirements and, if applicable, to
state licensing requirements. Facilities are subject to
inspection by the FDA and similar national agencies, as well as
state and local authorities at any time. Failure, including
those of our insulin and MedTone inhaler suppliers, to obtain
and maintain applicable federal registrations or state licenses,
or to meet the inspection criteria of the FDA or the other
national regulatory bodies, would disrupt our manufacturing
processes and would harm our business. In complying with
standards set forth in these regulations, manufacturers must
continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of
production and quality control to ensure full compliance.
Currently, we believe we are operating under all of the
necessary guidelines and permits.
It is not yet clear to what extent we will be subject to
regulations governing premarket approval or clearances of
medical devices separate from approval requirements governing
drugs. We currently expect that our inhaler will be approved as
part of the NDA for our Technosphere Insulin System. No
assurances exist that we will not be required to obtain separate
device clearances or approval for use of our inhaler with our
Technosphere Insulin System. This
22
may result in our being subject to medical device review user
fees and to other device requirements to market our inhaler and
may result in significant delays in commercialization. Even if
the device component is approved as part of our NDA for the
Technosphere Insulin System, numerous device regulatory
requirements still apply to the device part of the drug-device
combination. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
product labeling regulations;
|
|
|
|
general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or
off-label uses;
|
|
|
|
corrections and removals (e.g., recalls);
|
|
|
|
establishment registration and device listing;
|
|
|
|
general prohibitions against the manufacture and distribution of
adulterated and misbranded devices; and
|
|
|
|
the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that
manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused
or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in
a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or
serious injury if it were to recur. Failure to comply with these
regulatory requirements could result in civil fines, product
seizures, injunctions,
and/or
criminal prosecution of responsible individuals and us. Further,
the company we have contracted to manufacture our MedTone
inhaler and cartridges will be subject to the QSRs, which
require manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing,
control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures
during the manufacturing process of medical devices, among other
requirements.
|
Failure to adhere to regulatory requirements at any stage of
development, including the preclinical and clinical testing
process, the review process, or at any time afterward, including
after approval, may result in various adverse consequences.
These consequences include action by the FDA or other national
regulatory body that has the effect of delaying approval or
refusing to approve a product; suspending or withdrawing an
approved product from the market; seizing or recalling a
product; or imposing criminal penalties against the
manufacturer. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown
problems may result in restrictions on a product, its
manufacturer, or the NDA holder, or market restrictions through
labeling changes or product withdrawal. Also, new government
requirements may be established or they may change at any time
that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products
under development. For example, in response to recent events
regarding questions about the safety of certain approved
prescription products, including the lack of adequate warnings,
the FDA and Congress are currently considering new regulatory
and legislative approaches to advertising, monitoring and
assessing the safety of marketed drugs, including legislation
providing the FDA with authority to mandate labeling changes for
approved pharmaceutical products, particularly those related to
safety. We also cannot be sure that the current Congressional
and FDA initiatives pertaining to ensuring the safety of
marketed drugs or other developments pertaining to the
pharmaceutical industry will not adversely affect our
operations. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent
of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future
legislative or administrative action, either in the United
States or abroad.
In addition, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on
entities that advertise and promote drugs, which include, among
other requirements, standards for and regulations of
direct-to-consumer
advertising, off-label promotion, industry sponsored scientific
and educational activities, and promotional activities involving
the Internet. Such advertising and promotional activities are
also being scrutinized by the FDA and Congress as a result of
recent concerns that have been raised about the safety of
marketed drugs. The FDA has very broad enforcement authority
under the FDCA, and failure to comply with these regulations can
result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter
directing us to correct deviations from FDA standards, a
requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be
pre-cleared by the FDA, and state and federal civil and criminal
investigations and prosecutions.
Products manufactured in the United States and marketed outside
the United States are subject to certain FDA regulations, as
well as regulation by the country in which the products are to
be sold. We also would be subject to foreign regulatory
requirements governing clinical trials and drug product sales if
products are marketed abroad. Whether or not FDA approval has
been obtained, approval of a product by the comparable
regulatory authorities of foreign countries usually must be
obtained prior to the marketing of the product in those
countries. The approval
23
process varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and the time
required may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
approval.
Product development and approval within this regulatory
framework take a number of years, involve the expenditure of
substantial resources and are uncertain. Many drug products
ultimately do not reach the market because they are not found to
be safe or effective or cannot meet the FDAs other
regulatory requirements. In addition, there can be no assurance
that the current regulatory framework will not change or that
additional regulation will not arise at any stage of our product
development that may affect approval, delay the submission or
review of an application or require additional expenditures by
us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain
necessary regulatory clearances or approvals on a timely basis,
if at all, for any of our product candidates under development,
and delays in receipt or failure to receive such clearances or
approvals, the loss of previously received clearances or
approvals, or failure to comply with existing or future
regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on
our business and results of operations.
Under European Union regulatory systems, marketing
authorizations may be submitted either under a centralized or
decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for
the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for
all European Union member states. The decentralized procedure
provides for mutual recognition of national approval decisions.
Under this latter procedure, the holder of a national marketing
authorization may submit an application to the remaining member
states. Within 90 days of receiving the application and
assessment report, each member state must decide whether to
recognize approval. We plan to choose the appropriate route of
European regulatory filing in an attempt to accomplish the most
rapid regulatory approvals. However, the chosen regulatory
strategy may not secure regulatory approvals or approvals of the
chosen product indications. In addition, these approvals, if
obtained, may take longer than anticipated.
We cannot assure you that any of our product candidates will
prove to be safe or effective, will receive regulatory
approvals, or will be successfully commercialized.
In addition to the foregoing, we are subject to numerous
federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as
laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals, the use
and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances,
controlled drug substances, safe working conditions,
manufacturing practices, environmental protection and fire
hazard control. We may incur significant costs to comply with
those laws and regulations now or in the future.
Patent
restoration and marketing exclusivity
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of
1984, known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits the FDA to approve
abbreviated NDAs, or ANDAs, for generic versions of innovator
drugs and also provides certain patent restoration and market
exclusivity protections to innovator drug manufacturers. The
ANDA process permits competitor companies to obtain marketing
approval for a new drug with the same active ingredient for the
same uses, dosage form and strength as an innovator drug but
does not require the conduct and submission of clinical studies
demonstrating safety and efficacy for that product. Instead of
providing completely new safety and efficacy data, therefore, a
competitor could make copies of such drugs and only need to
submit manufacturing information and clinical data demonstrating
that the copy is bioequivalent to the innovators product
in order to gain marketing approval from the FDA.
Another type of application allowed by the Hatch-Waxman Act, a
Section 505(b)(2) application, may be permitted where a
company does not own or have a right to reference all the data
required for approval. Section 505(b)(2) NDAs are often
submitted for drug products that contain the same active
ingredient as those in first approved drug products and where
additional studies are required for approval, such as for
changes in routes of administration or dosage forms.
Hatch-Waxman requires a competitor that submits an ANDA or a
Section 505(b)(2) application with respect to a drug to
notify the innovator company of its application and potential
infringement of patent rights. Hatch-Waxman places certain
timing requirements on us with respect to filing an infringement
action against such an applicant. The timing of competitive FDA
approvals of ANDAs or Section 505(b)(2) applications is
related to the patent status of the approved products, if any.
24
While the Hatch-Waxman Act provides competitors the ability to
market copies of approved innovator drug products with the
submission of significantly less clinical data, depending on the
patent status of the innovator, the Act also provides under
certain circumstances for the restoration of a portion of a
products patent term that is lost during a drugs
clinical development and NDA review by the FDA. Hatch-Waxman
also provides for a statutory protection, known as market
exclusivity, which prohibits the FDAs approval or
acceptance of certain competitor new drug applications. Patent
term restoration can return up to five years of patent term for
a patent that covers a new drug product or its use to compensate
for time lost during the regulatory review process. This period
is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an
IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the
submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application,
subject to a maximum extension of five years. No extension can
extend the total patent life beyond 14 years after the drug
approval date. The application for patent term extension is
subject to approval by the USPTO, in conjunction with the FDA.
It takes at least six months to obtain approval of the
application for patent term extension, and there can be no
guarantee that the application will be granted.
The Hatch-Waxman Act also provides for differing periods of
marketing exclusivity for new drugs approved under NDAs. Among
the types of exclusivity are those for new chemical
entities and those for innovative changes to previously
approved drugs, where new clinical trials (other than
bioavailability studies) are essential to the approval of the
NDAs. Our lead product, the Technosphere Insulin System, is an
innovative change to a previously approved drug with the same
active ingredient, insulin. Marketing exclusivity for the
Technosphere Insulin System, if available and granted by the
FDA, would prohibit the agency for a period of three years from
approving an ANDA or Section 505(b)(2) application for
competitive versions of our new formulation. This three-year
exclusivity, however, only covers the innovation associated with
the NDA to which it attaches. Thus, the three-year exclusivity
would not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or
Section 505(b)(2) applications for drugs containing the
same active ingredient but without our new dosage formulation.
Hatch-Waxman also does not prevent the approval of a full NDA
containing all the safety and efficacy data and information
required for approval, even where approval of the same drug
would have been blocked under an ANDA or Section 505(b)(2)
application.
The FDA Modernization Act of 1997 included a pediatric
exclusivity provision that was extended by the Best
Pharmaceuticals for Children Act of 2002. Pediatric exclusivity
is designed to provide an incentive to manufacturers for
conducting research about the safety and efficacy of their
products in children. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted,
provides an additional six months of market exclusivity in the
United States for new or currently marketed drugs if certain
pediatric studies requested by the FDA are completed by the
applicant. To obtain this additional six months of exclusivity,
it would be necessary for us to first receive a written request
from the FDA to conduct pediatric studies and then to conduct
the requested studies according to a previously agreed timeframe
and submit the report of the study. There can be no assurances
that we would receive a written request from the FDA and if so
that we would complete the studies in accordance with the
requirements for this six-month exclusivity. The current
pediatric exclusivity provision is scheduled to end on
October 1, 2007, and there can be no assurances that it
will be reauthorized.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2005, we had 428 full-time
employees, all of whom are employed at-will. Ninety-four of
these employees were engaged in research and development, 119 in
manufacturing, 128 in clinical, regulatory affairs and quality
assurance and 87 in administration, finance, management,
information systems, corporate development and human resources.
Thirty-eight of these employees have a Ph.D. degree
and/or M.D.
degree and are engaged in activities relating to research and
development, manufacturing, quality assurance and business
development. None of our employees is subject to a collective
bargaining agreement. We believe relations with our employees
are good.
SCIENTIFIC
ADVISORS
We seek advice from a number of leading scientists and
physicians on scientific, technical and medical matters. These
advisors are leading scientists in the areas of pharmacology,
chemistry, immunology and biology. Our scientific advisors are
consulted regularly to assess, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our research and development programs;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
the design and implementation of our clinical programs;
|
|
|
|
our patent and publication strategies;
|
|
|
|
market opportunities from a clinical perspective;
|
|
|
|
new technologies relevant to our research and development
programs; and
|
|
|
|
specific scientific and technical issues relevant to our
business.
|
The following are our scientific advisors and their primary
affiliations:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Primary Affiliation
|
|
Richard Bergenstal, M.D.
|
|
International Diabetes Center
|
William Boswell, M.D., FACR
|
|
University of Southern California
School of Medicine
|
James Bryan, M.D.
|
|
Pharmaceutical Product
Development, Inc.
|
Alexander Fleming, M.D.
|
|
Kinexum Corporation
|
Martin Kast, Ph.D.
|
|
Norris Comprehensive Cancer
Center, University of Southern California
|
Thomas Kundig, M.D.
|
|
University of Zurich
|
Harold E. Lebovitz, M.D., FACE
|
|
State University of New
York Brooklyn
|
Frederick Levy, Ph.D.
|
|
Ludwig Institute for Cancer
Research
|
Robert
Morgan, Jr., M.D., FACP
|
|
City of Hope National Medical
Center
|
Robert
Ozols, M.D., Ph.D.
|
|
Fox Chase Cancer Center
|
Daniel Porte, M.D.
|
|
University of California,
San Diego
|
Philip Raskin, M.D., FACE,
FACP
|
|
University of Texas Southwestern
Medical Center
|
Robert Rizza, M.D.
|
|
Mayo Clinic
|
Julio Rosenstock, M.D.
|
|
Dallas Diabetes and Endocrine
Center
|
Jesse Roth, M.D.
|
|
North Shore Long Island Jewish
Medical Center
|
Jay S. Skyler, M.D.
|
|
University of Miami Diabetes
Research Institute
|
Rolf
Zinkernagel, M.D., Ph.D., Nobel Laureate
|
|
University of Zurich
|
Bernie Zinman, M.D.
|
|
Mount Sinai Hospital, Toronto
|
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS
The following table sets forth our current executive officers
and their ages as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Alfred E. Mann
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer
|
Hakan S. Edstrom
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer
and Director
|
Richard L. Anderson
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
Peter C. Richardson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President and Chief
Scientific Officer
|
Dan R. Burns
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President and
President, Commercial Operations and Business Development
|
Juergen A.
Martens, Ph.D.
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President,
Operations
|
David
Thomson, Ph.D., J.D.
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
Diane M. Palumbo
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Human
Resources
|
26
Alfred E. Mann has been one of our directors since
April 1999, our Chairman of the Board since
December 2001 and our Chief Executive Officer since
October 2003. He founded and formerly served as Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of MiniMed, Inc., a publicly traded
company focused on diabetes therapy and microinfusion drug
delivery that was acquired by Medtronic, Inc. in
August 2001. Mr. Mann also founded and, from 1972
through 1992, served as Chief Executive Officer of Pacesetter
Systems, Inc. and its successor, Siemens Pacesetter, Inc., a
manufacturer of cardiac pacemakers, now the Cardiac Rhythm
Management Division of St. Jude Medical Corporation.
Mr. Mann founded and since 1993, has served as Chairman and
Co-Chief Executive Officer of Advanced Bionics Corporation, a
medical device manufacturer focused on neurostimulation to
restore hearing to the deaf and to treat chronic pain and other
neural deficits, that was acquired by Boston Scientific
Corporation in June 2004. Mr. Mann has also founded and is
non-executive Chairman of Second Sight, which is developing a
visual prosthesis for the blind and Quallion, which produces
batteries for medical products and for the military and
aerospace industries. Mr. Mann is also non-executive
Chairman of the Alfred Mann Foundation and Alfred Mann Institute
at the University of Southern California, and the Alfred Mann
Foundation for Biomedical Engineering, which is establishing
additional institutes at other research universities.
Mr. Mann holds a bachelors and masters degree
in Physics from the University of California at Los Angeles,
honorary doctorates from Johns Hopkins University, the
University of Southern California, Western University and the
Technion-Israel Institute of Technology and is a member of the
National Academy of Engineering.
Hakan S. Edstrom has been our President and Chief
Operating Officer since April 2001 and has served as one of our
directors since December 2001. Mr. Edstrom was with
Bausch & Lomb, Inc., a health care product company,
from January 1998 to April 2001, advancing to the position of
Senior Corporate Vice President and President of
Bausch & Lomb, Inc. Americas Region. From 1981 to
1997, Mr. Edstrom was with Pharmacia Corporation, where he
held various executive positions, including President and Chief
Executive Officer of Pharmacia Opthalmics Inc. Mr. Edstrom
is currently a director of Q-Med AB, a biotechnology and medical
device company, and Ixion Biotechnology, Inc., a biotechnology
company. Mr. Edstrom was educated in Sweden and holds a
masters degree in business administration from the
Stockholm School of Economics.
Richard L. Anderson has been our Corporate Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer since October 2002. . From
January 1997 to September 2002, Mr. Anderson held various
executive positions at NeoRx Corporation, a Seattle-based
publicly traded biotechnology company, including President,
Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice
President, Finance and Operations. Mr. Anderson holds a
masters degree in Management from Johns Hopkins
University, a masters degree in solid state physics from
the University of Maryland and a bachelors degree in
physics from Bucknell University
Peter C. Richardson has been our Corporate Vice
President and Chief Scientific Officer since October 2005. From
1991 to October 2005, he was employed by Novartis
Pharmaceuticals Corporation, which is the U.S. affiliate of
Novartis AG, a world leader in healthcare, most recently as
Senior Vice President, Global Head of Development Alliances.
From 2003 until 2005, he was Senior Vice President and Head of
Development of Novartis Pharmaceuticals KK Japan. He earlier
practiced as an endocrinologist. Dr. Richardson holds a
B.Med.Sci (Hons.) and a BM.BS (Hons.) from University of
Nottingham Medical School; an MRCP (UK) from the Royal College
of Physicians, UK; a Certificate in Pharmaceutical Medicine from
Universities of Freibourg, Strasbourg and Basle; and a Diploma
in Pharmaceutical Medicine from the Royal College of Physicians
Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine.
Dan R. Burns has been our Corporate Vice President
and President, Commercial Operations and Business Development
since September 2002. Prior to joining us, he served as Chief
Executive Officer of HealthTalk Interactive, a pharmaceutical
services firm, from 2000 to 2002. From 1998 to 1999
Mr. Burns served as Chief Executive Officer of ProScript, a
biopharmaceutical company. He served as President and Chief
Operating Officer of Trophix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1997 to
1998. Prior to joining Trophix Pharmaceuticals, for
18 years, Mr. Burns held a number of senior executive
positions both internationally and domestically with Bristol
Myers Squibb. Mr. Burns holds degrees in psychology and
business administration from McMaster University and Mohawk
College.
Juergen A. Martens, Ph.D. has been our
Corporate Vice President of Operations since September 2005.
From 2000 to August 2005, he was employed by Nektar
Therapeutics, Inc., most recently as Vice President of
Pharmaceutical Technology Development Previously, he held
technical management positions at Aerojet Fine Chemicals from
27
1998 to 2000 and at FMC Corporation from 1996 to 1998. From 1987
to 1996, Dr. Martens held a variety of management positions
with increased responsibility in R&D, plant management, and
business process development at Lonza, in Switzerland and in the
United States. Dr. Martens holds a BS in chemical
engineering from the Technical College Mannheim/Germany, a BS/MS
in chemistry and a doctorate in physical chemistry from the
University of Marburg/Germany.
David Thomson, Ph.D., J.D. has been our
Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary since January 2002. Prior to joining us, he practiced
corporate/commercial and securities law at the Toronto law firm
of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP from May 1999
through December 2001, except for a period from May to December
2000, when he served as Vice President, Business Development for
CTL ImmunoTherapies Corp. From March 1994 to August 1996,
Dr. Thomson held a post-doctoral position at the
Rockefeller University, where he conducted medical research in
the Laboratory of Neurophysiology. Dr. Thomson obtained his
bachelors degree, masters degree and Ph.D. degree
from Queens University and obtained his J.D. degree from the
University of Toronto.
Diane M. Palumbo has been our Corporate Vice
President of Human Resources since November 2004. From July 2003
to November 2004, she was President of her own human resources
consulting company. From June 1991 to July 2003,
Ms. Palumbo held various positions with Amgen, Inc., a
California-based biopharmaceutical company, including Senior
Director, Human Resources. In addition, Ms. Palumbo has
held Human Resources positions with Unisys and Mitsui Bank Ltd.
of Tokyo. She holds a masters degree in business
administration from St. Johns University, NY and a
bachelor of science degree, magna cum laude, also from St.
Johns University, NY.
Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. There are no family relationships between any of the
directors and executive officers of MannKind.
Item 1A. Risk
Factors
You should consider carefully the following information about
the risks described below, together with the other information
contained in this report, before you decide to buy or maintain
an investment in our common stock. We believe the risks
described below are the risks that are material to us as of the
date of this annual report. Additional risks and uncertainties
not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial
may also affect our business. If any of the following risks
actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and future growth prospects would likely be
materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the
market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose
all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.
RISKS
RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
We have a
history of operating losses, we expect to continue to incur
losses, and we may never become profitable.
We are a development stage company with no commercial products.
All of our product candidates are still being developed, and all
but our Technosphere Insulin System are still in early stages of
development. Our product candidates will require significant
additional development, clinical trials, regulatory clearances
and additional investment before they can be commercialized. We
anticipate that our Technosphere Insulin System will not be
commercially available for several years, if at all.
We have never been profitable, and, as of December 31,
2005, we had an accumulated deficit of $557.3 million. The
accumulated deficit has resulted principally from costs incurred
in our research and development programs, the write-off of
goodwill and general operating expenses. We expect to make
substantial expenditures and to incur increasing operating
losses in the future in order to further develop and
commercialize our product candidates, including costs and
expenses to complete clinical trials, seek regulatory approvals
and market our product candidates. This accumulated deficit may
increase significantly as we expand development and clinical
trial efforts.
Our losses have had, and are expected to continue to have, an
adverse impact on our working capital, total assets and
stockholders equity. Our ability to achieve and sustain
profitability depends upon obtaining regulatory approvals for
and successfully commercializing our Technosphere Insulin
System, either alone or with third parties. We do not currently
have the required approvals to market any of our product
candidates, and we may not receive them. We
28
may not be profitable even if we succeed in commercializing any
of our product candidates. As a result, we cannot be sure when
we will become profitable, if at all.
If we
fail to raise additional capital, our financial condition and
business would suffer.
It is costly to develop therapeutic products and conduct
clinical trials for these products. Although we currently are
focusing on our Technosphere Insulin System as our lead product
candidate, we may in the future conduct clinical trials for a
number of additional product candidates. Our future revenues may
not be sufficient to support the expense of these activities.
Based upon our current expectations, we believe that our
existing capital resources, including the net proceeds from our
private placement in August 2005, will enable us to continue
planned operations into the third quarter of 2006. However, we
cannot assure you that our plans will not change or that changed
circumstances will not result in the depletion of our capital
resources more rapidly than we currently anticipate.
Accordingly, we expect that we will need to raise additional
capital, either through the sale of equity
and/or debt
securities, a strategic business collaboration or the
establishment of other funding facilities, in order to continue
the development and commercialization of our Technosphere
Insulin System and other product candidates and to support our
other ongoing activities. The amount of additional funds we need
will depend on a number of factors, including:
|
|
|
the rate of progress and costs of our clinical trials and
research and development activities, including costs of
procuring clinical materials and expanding our own manufacturing
facilities;
|
|
|
our success in establishing strategic business collaborations
and the timing and amount of any payments we might receive from
any collaboration we are able to establish;
|
|
|
actions taken by the FDA and other regulatory authorities
affecting our products and competitive products;
|
|
|
our degree of success in commercializing our Technosphere
Insulin System or our other product candidates;
|
|
|
the emergence of competing technologies and products and other
adverse market developments;
|
|
|
the timing and amount of payments we might receive from
potential licensees;
|
|
|
the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and
enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights
or defending against claims of infringement by others; and
|
|
|
the costs of discontinuing projects and technologies or
decommissioning existing facilities, if we undertake those
activities.
|
We have raised capital in the past primarily through the sale of
equity securities. We may in the future pursue the sale of
equity
and/or debt
securities, or the establishment of other funding facilities.
Issuances of debt or additional equity could impact your rights
as a holder of our common stock, may dilute your ownership
percentage and may impose restrictions on our operations. These
restrictions could include limitations on additional borrowing
and specific restrictions on the use of our assets, as well as
prohibitions on our ability to create liens, pay dividends,
redeem our stock or make investments.
We also may seek to raise additional capital by pursuing
opportunities for the licensing, sale or divestiture of certain
intellectual property and other assets, including our
Technosphere technology platform. We cannot offer assurances,
however, that any strategic collaborations, sales of securities
or sale or license of assets will be available to us on a timely
basis or on acceptable terms, if at all. We may be required to
enter into relationships with third parties to develop or
commercialize products or technologies that we otherwise would
have sought to develop independently, and any such relationships
may not be on terms as commercially favorable to us as might
otherwise be the case.
In the event that sufficient additional funds are not obtained
through strategic collaboration opportunities, licensing
arrangements, sales of securities
and/or asset
sales on a timely basis, we may be required to reduce expenses
through the delay, reduction or curtailment of our projects,
including our Technosphere Insulin System development
activities, or further reduction of costs for facilities and
administration.
29
We depend
heavily on the successful development and commercialization of
our lead product candidate, the Technosphere Insulin System,
which is still under development, and our other product
candidates, which are in preclinical development.
To date, we have not completed the development of any products
through to commercialization. Only our Technosphere Insulin
System is currently undergoing clinical trials, while our other
product candidates are in research or preclinical development.
We anticipate that in the near term our ability to generate
revenues will depend solely on the successful development and
commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System.
We have expended significant time, money and effort in the
development of our lead product candidate, the Technosphere
Insulin System, which has not yet received regulatory approval
and which may never be commercialized. Before we can market and
sell our Technosphere Insulin System, we will need to advance
our Technosphere Insulin System through Phase 3 clinical
trials and demonstrate in these trials that our Technosphere
Insulin System is safe and effective. We currently anticipate
conducting several pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials as well
as several special population studies involving, in total, more
than 3,200 patients, which will require additional time and
substantial expenditure of resources. We must also receive the
necessary approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory
agencies before this product can be marketed in the United
States or elsewhere. Even if we were to receive regulatory
approval, we ultimately may be unable to gain market acceptance
of our Technosphere Insulin System for a variety of reasons,
including the treatment and dosage regimen, potential adverse
effects, the availability of alternative treatments and cost
effectiveness. If we fail to commercialize our Technosphere
Insulin System, our business, financial condition and results of
operations will be materially and adversely affected.
We are seeking to develop and expand our portfolio of product
candidates through our internal research programs and through
licensing or otherwise acquiring the rights to therapeutics in
the areas of cancer and other areas. All of these product
candidates will require additional research and development and
significant preclinical, clinical and other testing prior to
seeking regulatory approval to market them. Accordingly, these
product candidates will not be commercially available for a
number of years, if at all.
A significant portion of the research that we are conducting
involves new and unproven compounds and technologies, including
our Technosphere Insulin System, Technosphere platform
technology and immunotherapy product candidates. Research
programs to identify new product candidates require substantial
technical, financial and human resources. Even if our research
programs identify candidates that initially show promise, these
candidates may fail to progress to clinical development for any
number of reasons, including discovery upon further research
that these candidates have adverse effects or other
characteristics that indicate they are unlikely to be effective.
In addition, the clinical results we obtain at one stage are not
necessarily indicative of future testing results. If we fail to
successfully complete the development and commercialization of
our Technosphere Insulin System or develop or expand our other
product candidates, or are significantly delayed in doing so,
our business and results of operations will be harmed and the
value of our stock could decline.
If we do
not achieve our projected development goals in the timeframes we
announce and expect, our business would be harmed and the market
price of our common stock could decline.
For planning purposes, we estimate the timing of the
accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and
other product development goals, which we sometimes refer to as
milestones. These milestones may include the commencement or
completion of scientific studies and clinical trials and the
submission of regulatory filings. From time to time, we publicly
announce the expected timing of some of these milestones. All of
these milestones are based on a variety of assumptions. The
actual timing of the achievement of these milestones can vary
dramatically compared to our estimates in many
cases for reasons beyond our control depending
on numerous factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the rate of progress, costs and results of our clinical trial
and research and development activities, which will be impacted
by the level of proficiency and experience of our clinical staff;
|
|
|
|
our ability to identify and enroll patients who meet clinical
trial eligibility criteria;
|
|
|
|
our ability to access sufficient, reliable and affordable
supplies of components used in the manufacture of our product
candidates, including insulin and other materials for our
Technosphere Insulin System;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
the costs of expanding and maintaining manufacturing operations,
as necessary;
|
|
|
|
the extent of scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians
and clinical institutions;
|
|
|
|
the receipt of approvals by our competitors and by us from the
FDA and other regulatory agencies; and
|
|
|
|
other actions by regulators.
|
In addition, if we do not obtain sufficient additional funds
through sales of securities, strategic collaborations or the
sale or license of our assets on a timely basis, we may be
required to reduce expenses by delaying, reducing or curtailing
our Technosphere Insulin System or other product development
activities, which would impact our ability to meet milestones.
If we fail to commence or complete, or experience delays in or
are forced to curtail, our proposed clinical programs or
otherwise fail to adhere to our projected development goals in
the timeframes we announce and expect, our business and results
of operations will be harmed and the market price of our common
stock may decline.
We face
substantial competition in the development of our product
candidates and may not be able to compete successfully, and our
product candidates may be rendered obsolete by rapid
technological change.
We initially are focusing on the development of the Technosphere
Insulin System for the treatment of diabetes, and we face
intense competition in this area. In January 2006, the FDA and
the European Commission approved Exubera, developed by Pfizer,
Inc. in collaboration with Nektar Therapeutics, for the
treatment of adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Eli Lilly
and Company, in collaboration with Alkermes, Inc., initiated a
Phase 3 clinical trial in July 2005, required for
registration of their inhaled insulin system. Novo Nordisk A.S.
has announced their intention to re-initiate Phase 3
clinical trials of their pulmonary insulin product. In addition,
a number of established pharmaceutical companies have or are
developing technologies for the treatment of diabetes. We also
face substantial competition for the development of our other
product candidates.
Many of our existing or potential competitors have, or have
access to, substantially greater financial, research and
development, production, and sales and marketing resources than
we do and have a greater depth and number of experienced
managers. As a result, our competitors may be better equipped
than we are to develop, manufacture, market and sell competing
products.
The rapid rate of scientific discoveries and technological
changes could result in one or more of our products becoming
obsolete or noncompetitive. Our competitors may develop or
introduce new products that render our technology and our
Technosphere Insulin System less competitive, uneconomical or
obsolete. Pfizer, the first to commercialize a pulmonary insulin
system, will have an advantage in being able to gain reputation
and market share as well as set parameters for the pulmonary
insulin market such as pricing. Our future success will depend
not only on our ability to develop our products but to improve
them and to keep pace with emerging industry developments. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to do so.
We also expect to face increasing competition from universities
and other non-profit research organizations. These institutions
carry out a significant amount of research and development in
the areas of diabetes and cancer. These institutions are
becoming increasingly aware of the commercial value of their
findings and are more active in seeking patent and other
proprietary rights as well as licensing revenues.
If we
fail to enter into a strategic collaboration with respect to our
Technosphere Insulin System, we may not be able to execute on
our business model.
We are currently evaluating potential collaborations with
respect to our Technosphere Insulin System. If we are not able
to enter into a collaboration on terms that are favorable to us,
we could be required to undertake and fund product development,
clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing activities solely
at our own expense. We currently estimate that the cost to
continue the development of the Technosphere Insulin System over
the next 12 months would be up to $200 million.
However, this estimate may change based on how the program
proceeds. Failure to enter into a collaboration with respect to
our Technosphere Insulin System could substantially increase our
requirements for capital, which might not be available on
favorable terms, if at all. Alternatively, we would have
31
to substantially reduce our development efforts, which would
delay or otherwise impede the commercialization of our
Technosphere Insulin System.
We will face similar challenges as we seek to develop our other
product candidates. Our current strategy for developing,
manufacturing and commercializing our other product candidates
includes evaluating the potential for collaborating with
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies at some point in the
drug development process and for these collaborators to
undertake the advanced clinical development and
commercialization of our product candidates. It may be difficult
for us to find third parties that are willing to enter into
collaborations on economic terms that are favorable to us, or at
all. Failure to enter into a collaboration with respect to any
other product candidate could substantially increase our
requirements for capital and force us to substantially reduce
our development effort.
If we
enter into collaborative agreements and if our third-party
collaborators do not perform satisfactorily or if our
collaborations fail, development or commercialization of our
Technosphere Insulin System may be delayed and our business
could be harmed.
We currently rely on clinical research organizations and
hospitals to conduct, supervise or monitor some or all aspects
of clinical trials involving our Technosphere Insulin System.
Further, we may also enter into license agreements, partnerships
or other collaborative arrangements to support financing,
development and marketing of our Technosphere Insulin System. We
may also license technology from others to enhance or supplement
our technologies. These various collaborators may enter into
arrangements that would make them potential competitors. These
various collaborators also may breach their agreements with us
and delay our progress or fail to perform under their
agreements, which could harm our business.
If we enter into collaborative arrangements, we will have less
control over the timing, planning and other aspects of our
clinical trials, and the sale and marketing of our Technosphere
Insulin System and our other product candidates. We cannot offer
assurances that we will be able to enter into satisfactory
arrangements with third parties as contemplated or that any of
our existing or future collaborations will be successful.
Testing
of our Technosphere Insulin System or another product candidate
may not yield successful results, and even if it does, we may
still be unable to commercialize that product
candidate.
Our research and development programs are designed to test the
safety and efficacy of our Technosphere Insulin System and our
other product candidates through extensive preclinical and
clinical testing. We may experience numerous unforeseen events
during, or as a result of, the testing process that could delay
or prevent commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System
or any of our other product candidates, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
safety and efficacy results obtained in our preclinical and
initial clinical testing may be inconclusive or may not be
predictive of results obtained in later-stage clinical trials or
following long-term use, and we may as a result be forced to
stop developing product candidates that we currently believe are
important to our future;
|
|
|
|
the data collected from clinical trials of our product
candidates may not be sufficient to support FDA or other
regulatory approval;
|
|
|
|
after reviewing test results, we or any potential collaborators
may abandon projects that we previously believed were promising;
and
|
|
|
|
our product candidates may not produce the desired effects or
may result in adverse health effects or other characteristics
that preclude regulatory approval or limit their commercial use
if approved.
|
We have initiated a pivotal Phase 3 safety study of our
Technosphere Insulin System to evaluate pulmonary function over
a period of two years. Our Technosphere Insulin System is
intended for multiple uses per day. Due to the size and
timeframe over which existing and planned clinical trials are
conducted, the results of clinical trials, including our
existing Phase 3 trials, may not be indicative of the
effects of the use of our Technosphere Insulin System over
longer terms. If long-term use of our Technosphere Insulin
System results in adverse health effects or reduced efficacy or
both, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may terminate our
ability to market and sell our Technosphere Insulin System, may
narrow the approved indications for use or otherwise require
restrictive product
32
labeling or marketing, or may require further clinical trials,
which may be time-consuming and expensive, and may not produce
favorable results.
As a result of any of these events, the FDA, other regulatory
authorities, any collaborator or we may suspend or terminate
clinical trials or marketing of our Technosphere Insulin System
at any time. Any suspension or termination of our clinical
trials or marketing activities may harm our business and results
of operations and the market price of our common stock may
decline.
If we are
unable to transition successfully from an early-stage
development company to a company that commercializes
therapeutics, our operations would suffer.
We are reaching a critical juncture in our development,
transitioning from an early-stage development company to one
with multiple Phase 3 clinical trials. Phase 3
development of the Technosphere Insulin System is far more
complex than the earlier phases. Overall, we plan to support a
significant number of studies in the near term. We have not
previously implemented the range of studies contemplated for our
Phase 3 clinical program. Moreover, as a company, we have
no previous experience in the Phase 3-through-new drug
application, or NDA, stage of product development.
We require a well-structured plan to make this transition. In
the past year, we have added a significant number of new
executive personnel, particularly in clinical development,
regulatory and manufacturing production, including personnel
with significant
Phase 3-to-commercialization
experience. We have aligned our management structure to
accommodate the increasing complexity of our operations, and we
are implementing the following measures, among others, to
accommodate our transition, complete development of our
Technosphere Insulin System and successfully implement our
commercialization strategy for our Technosphere Insulin System:
|
|
|
expand our manufacturing capabilities;
|
|
|
develop comprehensive and detailed commercialization, clinical
development and regulatory plans; and
|
|
|
implement standard operating procedures, including those for
protocol development.
|
If we are unable to accomplish these measures in a timely
manner, we would be at considerable risk of failing to:
|
|
|
complete our Phase 3 clinical trial program in a deliberate
fashion, on time and within budget; and
|
|
|
develop through our Phase 3 trials the key clinical data
needed to obtain regulatory approval and compete successfully in
the marketplace.
|
If our
suppliers fail to deliver materials and services needed for the
production of our Technosphere Insulin System in a timely and
sufficient manner, or they fail to comply with applicable
regulations, our business and results of operations would be
harmed and the market price of our common stock could
decline.
For our Technosphere Insulin System to be commercially viable,
we need access to sufficient, reliable and affordable supplies
of insulin, our MedTone inhaler, the related cartridges and
other materials. We currently have a long-term supply agreement
with Diosynth B.V., an independent supplier of insulin and a
subsidiary of Akzo Nobel, which is currently our sole supplier
for insulin. We are aware of at least five other suppliers of
bulk insulin but to date we have not entered into a commercial
relationship with any of the five. Currently we obtain our
Technosphere pre-cursor raw material from Degussa AG, a major
chemical manufacturer with facilities in Europe and
North America. We utilize our in-house chemical
manufacturing plant as a back up facility. Degussa AG has the
capacity to supply our current clinical and future commercial
requirements. We entered into a long-term supply agreement with
Vaupell, Inc., the supplier of our MedTone inhaler and
cartridges. We must rely on our suppliers to comply with
relevant regulatory and other legal requirements, including the
production of insulin in accordance with current drug Good
Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and the production of MedTone
inhaler and related cartridges in accordance with device Quality
System Regulations, or QSR. The supply of all of these materials
may be limited or the manufacturer may not meet relevant
regulatory requirements, and if we are unable to obtain these
materials in sufficient amounts, in a timely manner and at
reasonable prices, or if we should encounter delays or
difficulties in our relationships with manufacturers or
suppliers, the development or manufacturing of our
33
Technosphere Insulin System may be delayed. Any such events
would delay the submission of our Technosphere Insulin System
for regulatory approval or market introduction and subsequent
sales and, if so, our business and results of operations will be
harmed and the market price of our common stock may decline.
We have
never manufactured our Technosphere Insulin System or any other
product candidate in commercial quantities, and if we fail to
develop an effective manufacturing capability for our product
candidates or to engage third-party manufacturers with this
capability, we may be unable to commercialize these
products.
We currently obtain our Technosphere pre-cursor raw material
primarily from Degussa AG. We use our Danbury, Connecticut
facility to formulate Technosphere Insulin, fill plastic
cartridges with Technosphere Insulin and blister package the
cartridges for our clinical trials. We presently intend to
increase our formulation, fill and finishing capabilities at
Danbury in order to accommodate our activities through initial
commercialization. This expansion will involve a number of
third-party suppliers of equipment and materials as well as
engineering and construction services. Our suppliers may not
deliver all of the required equipment, materials and services in
a timely manner or at reasonable prices. If we encounter
difficulties in our relationships with these suppliers, or if a
supplier becomes unable to provide us with goods or services at
the agreed-upon price, our facilities expansion could be delayed
or its costs increased.
We have never manufactured our Techosphere Insulin System or any
other product candidate in commercial quantities. As our product
candidates move through the regulatory process, we will need to
either develop the capability of manufacturing on a commercial
scale or engage third-party manufacturers with this capability,
and we cannot offer assurances that we will be able to do either
successfully. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products
requires significant expertise and capital investment, including
the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process
controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often
encounter difficulties in production, especially in scaling up
initial production. These problems include difficulties with
production costs and yields, quality control and assurance and
shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with
strictly enforced federal, state and foreign regulations. In
addition, before we would be able to produce commercial
quantities of Technosphere Insulin at our Danbury facility, it
would have to undergo a pre-approval inspection by the FDA. The
expansion process and preparation for the FDAs
pre-approval inspection for commercial production at the Danbury
facility could take an additional six months or longer. If we
use a third-party supplier to formulate Technosphere Insulin or
produce raw material, the transition could also require
significant
start-up
time to qualify and implement the manufacturing process. If we
engage a third-party manufacturer, our third-party manufacturer
may not perform as agreed or may terminate its agreement with us.
Any of these factors could cause us to delay or suspend clinical
trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or
commercialization of our product candidates, entail higher costs
and result in our being unable to effectively commercialize our
products. Furthermore, if we or a third-party manufacturer fail
to deliver the required commercial quantities of any product on
a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we
were unable to promptly find one or more replacement
manufacturers capable of production at a substantially
equivalent cost, in substantially equivalent volume and on a
timely basis, we would likely be unable to meet demand for such
products and we would lose potential revenues.
We deal
with hazardous materials and must comply with environmental laws
and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do
business.
Our research and development work involves the controlled
storage and use of hazardous materials, including chemical,
radioactive and biological materials. In addition, our
manufacturing operations involve the use of
CBZ-lysine,
which is stable and non-hazardous under normal storage
conditions, but may form an explosive mixture under certain
conditions. Our operations also produce hazardous waste
products. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and
regulations governing how we use, manufacture, store, handle and
dispose of these materials. Moreover, the risk of accidental
contamination or injury from hazardous materials cannot be
completely eliminated, and in the event of an accident, we could
be held liable for any damages that may result, and any
liability could fall outside the coverage or exceed the limits
of our insurance. Currently, our general liability policy
provides coverage up to $1 million per occurrence and
$2 million in the aggregate and is supplemented by an
umbrella policy
34
that provides a further $4 million of coverage; however,
our insurance policy excludes pollution coverage and we do not
carry a separate hazardous materials policy. In addition, we
could be required to incur significant costs to comply with
environmental laws and regulations in the future. Finally,
current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair
our research, development or production efforts.
When we purchased the facilities located in Danbury,
Connecticut, in 2001 there was a soil cleanup plan in process.
As part of the purchase, we obtained an indemnification from the
seller related to the remediation of the soil for all known
environmental conditions that existed at the time the seller
acquired the property. The seller is, in turn, indemnified for
these known environmental conditions by the previous owner. We
estimate that the cost to complete the soil cleanup plan for
industrial use is $1.5 to $3.0 million over the next 18 to
24 months. We also received an indemnification from the
seller for environmental conditions created during its ownership
of the property and for environmental problems unknown at the
time that the seller acquired the property. These additional
indemnities are limited to the purchase price that we paid for
the Danbury facilities. In the event that any cleanup costs are
imposed on us and we are unable to collect the full amount of
these costs and expenses from the seller or the party
responsible for the contamination, we may be required to pay
these costs and our business and results of operations may be
harmed.
If we
fail to enter into collaborations with third parties, we would
be required to establish our own sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities, which could impact the
commercialization of our products and harm our
business.
A broad base of physicians and specialists treat patients with
diabetes. A large sales force will be required in order to
educate and support these physicians and specialists. Therefore,
we plan to enter into collaborations with one or more
pharmaceutical companies to sell, market and distribute our
Technosphere Insulin System, if it is approved. If we fail to
enter into collaborations, we would be required to establish our
own direct sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.
Establishing these capabilities can be time-consuming and
expensive and we estimate that establishing a specialty sales
force would cost more than $35 million. Because of our
size, we would be at a disadvantage to our potential
competitors, all of which either are or have collaborated with
large pharmaceutical companies that have substantially more
resources than we do. As a result, we would not initially be
able to field a sales force as large as our competitors or
provide the same degree of market research or marketing support.
In addition, our competitors would have a greater ability to
devote research resources toward expansion of the indications
for their products. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in
entering into acceptable collaborations, that any such
collaboration will be successful or, if not, that we will
successfully develop our own sales, marketing and distribution
capabilities.
If any
product that we may develop does not become widely accepted by
physicians, patients, third-party payors and the healthcare
community, we may be unable to generate significant revenue, if
any.
Technosphere Insulin System and our other product candidates are
new and unproven. Even if any of our product candidates obtain
regulatory approvals, it may not gain market acceptance among
physicians, patients, third-party payors and the healthcare
community. Failure to achieve market acceptance would limit our
ability to generate revenue and would adversely affect our
results of operations.
The degree of market acceptance of our Technosphere Insulin
System and our other product candidates will depend on many
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the claims for which FDA approval can be obtained, including
superiority claims;
|
|
|
|
the perceived advantages and disadvantages of competitive
products;
|
|
|
|
the willingness and ability of patients and the healthcare
community to adopt new technologies;
|
|
|
|
the ability to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities
with acceptable quality and at an acceptable cost;
|
|
|
|
the perception of patients and the healthcare community,
including third-party payors, regarding the safety, efficacy and
benefits of the product compared to those of competing products
or therapies;
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
the convenience and ease of administration of the product
relative to existing treatment methods;
|
|
|
|
the pricing and reimbursement of the product relative to
existing treatment therapeutics and methods; and
|
|
|
|
marketing and distribution support for the product.
|
Physicians will not recommend a product until clinical data or
other factors demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product
as compared to other treatments. Even if the clinical safety and
efficacy of our product candidates is established, physicians
may elect not to recommend these product candidates for a
variety of factors, including the reimbursement policies of
government and third-party payors and the effectiveness of our
competitors in marketing their therapies. Because of these and
other factors, any product that we may develop may not gain
market acceptance, which would materially harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
If
third-party payors do not reimburse customers for our products,
our products might not be used or purchased, which would
adversely affect our revenues.
Our future revenues and potential for profitability may be
affected by the continuing efforts of governments and
third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare
through various means. For example, in certain foreign markets
the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to
governmental control. In the United States, there has been, and
we expect that there will continue to be, a number of federal
and state proposals to implement similar governmental controls.
We cannot be certain what legislative proposals will be adopted
or what actions federal, state or private payors for healthcare
goods and services may take in response to any healthcare reform
proposals or legislation. Such reforms may make it difficult to
complete the development and testing of our Technosphere Insulin
System and our other product candidates, and therefore may limit
our ability to generate revenues from sales of our product
candidates and achieve profitability. Further, to the extent
that such reforms have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition and profitability of other
companies that are prospective collaborators for some of our
product candidates, our ability to commercialize our product
candidates under development may be adversely affected.
In the United States and elsewhere, sales of prescription
pharmaceuticals still depend in large part on the availability
of reimbursement to the consumer from third-party payors, such
as governmental and private insurance plans. Third-party payors
are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical
products and services. In addition, because each third-party
payor individually approves reimbursement, obtaining these
approvals is a
time-consuming
and costly process. We would be required to provide scientific
and clinical support for the use of any product to each
third-party payor separately with no assurance that approval
would be obtained. This process could delay the market
acceptance of any product and could have a negative effect on
our future revenues and operating results. Even if we succeed in
bringing one or more products to market, we cannot be certain
that any such products would be considered cost-effective or
that reimbursement to the consumer would be available, in which
case our business and results of operations would be harmed and
the market price of our common stock could decline.
If
product liability claims are brought against us, we may incur
significant liabilities and suffer damage to our
reputation.
The testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of our
Technosphere Insulin System and our other product candidates
expose us to potential product liability claims. A product
liability claim may result in substantial judgments as well as
consume significant financial and management resources and
result in adverse publicity, decreased demand for a product,
injury to our reputation, withdrawal of clinical trial
volunteers and loss of revenues. We currently carry worldwide
liability insurance in the amount of $5 million. We believe
these limits are reasonable to cover us from potential damages
arising from current and previous clinical trials of our
Technosphere Insulin System. In addition, we carry local
policies per trial in each country in which we conduct clinical
trials that requires us to carry coverage based on local
statutory requirements. We intend to obtain product liability
coverage for commercial sales in the future if our Technosphere
Insulin System is approved. However, we may not be able to
obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy any
liability that may arise, and because insurance coverage in our
industry can be very expensive and difficult to obtain, we
cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain sufficient
coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all. If losses from such
claims exceed our liability insurance
36
coverage, we may ourselves incur substantial liabilities. If we
are required to pay a product liability claim, we may not have
sufficient financial resources to complete development or
commercialization of any of our product candidates and, if so,
our business and results of operations would be harmed and the
market price of our common stock may decline.
If we
lose any key employees or scientific advisors, our operations
and our ability to execute our business strategy could be
materially harmed.
In order to commercialize our product candidates successfully,
we will be required to expand our work force, particularly in
the areas of manufacturing, clinical trials management,
regulatory affairs, business development, and sales and
marketing. These activities will require the addition of new
personnel, including management, and the development of
additional expertise by existing personnel. In October 2005,
Dr. Peter Richardson joined us as Corporate Vice President
and Chief Scientific Officer, and Dr. Juergen Martens, who
joined us in September 2005, was appointed our Corporate Vice
President of Operations in February 2006. We face intense
competition for qualified employees among companies in the
biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries. Our success
depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly
skilled employees. We may be unable to attract and retain these
individuals on acceptable terms, if at all.
The loss of the services of any principal member of our
management and scientific staff could significantly delay or
prevent the achievement of our scientific and business
objectives. All of our employees are at will and we
currently do not have employment agreements with any of the
principal members of our management or scientific staff, and we
do not have key person life insurance to cover the loss of any
of these individuals. Replacing key employees may be difficult
and time-consuming because of the limited number of individuals
in our industry with the skills and experience required to
develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize our
product candidates successfully.
We have relationships with scientific advisors at academic and
other institutions to conduct research or assist us in
formulating our research, development or clinical strategy.
These scientific advisors are not our employees and may have
commitments to, and other obligations with, other entities that
may limit their availability to us. We have limited control over
the activities of these scientific advisors and can generally
expect these individuals to devote only limited time to our
activities. Failure of any of these persons to devote sufficient
time and resources to our programs could harm our business. In
addition, these advisors are not prohibited from, and may have
arrangements with, other companies to assist those companies in
developing technologies that may compete with our product
candidates.
If our
Chief Executive Officer is unable to devote sufficient time and
attention to our business, our operations and our ability to
execute our business strategy could be materially
harmed.
Alfred Mann, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also
serving as the Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of
Advanced Bionics Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Boston Scientific Corporation. Mr. Mann is involved in many
other business and charitable activities. As a result, the time
and attention Mr. Mann devotes to the operation of our
business varies, and he may not expend the same time or focus on
our activities as other, similarly situated chief executive
officers. If Mr. Mann is unable to devote the time and
attention necessary to running our business, we may not be able
to execute our business strategy and our business could be
materially harmed.
We have
been sued by our former Chief Medical Officer. As a result of
this litigation, we may incur material costs and suffer other
consequences, which may adversely affect us.
In May 2005, Dr. Cheatham filed a complaint against us in
the California Superior Court. The complaint alleges causes of
action for wrongful termination in violation of public policy,
breach of contract and retaliation in connection with the
termination of Dr. Cheathams employment. In the
complaint, Dr. Cheatham seeks compensatory, punitive and
exemplary damages in excess of $2.0 million as well as
reimbursement of attorneys fees. In June 2005, we answered
the complaint and also filed a cross-complaint against
Dr. Cheatham, alleging claims for libel per se, trade
libel, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of
good faith and fair dealing and breach of the duty of loyalty.
In July 2005, Dr. Cheatham filed a demurrer and motion to
strike our cross-complaint under
37
Californias anti-SLAPP statute. In September 2005, the
California Superior Court overruled Dr. Cheathams
demurrer and denied his motion to strike the Companys
cross-complaint. Dr. Cheatham then filed a notice of appeal
of the Courts ruling denying his motion to strike.
Discovery as to Dr. Cheathams claims against us is
proceeding, and this case is scheduled for trial to commence in
October 2006.
The litigation will result in costs and divert managements
attention and resources, any of which could adversely affect our
business, results of operations or financial position. We are
also concerned that, despite the findings by an independent
counsel following an investigation and despite the endorsement
of the independent counsels report by our board of
directors, investors could give undue weight to
Dr. Cheathams allegations, resulting in damage to our
reputation, or the FDA could begin an investigation, either of
which could adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock. To date, we have not been notified of any investigation
by the FDA. If we are not successful in this litigation, we
could be forced to make a significant settlement or judgment
payment to Dr. Cheatham, which could adversely affect our
business, results of operations or financial position.
Our
facilities that are located in Southern California may be
affected by natural disasters.
Our headquarters and some of our research and development
activities are located in Southern California, where they are
subject to an enhanced risk of natural and other disasters such
as power and telecommunications failures, mudslides, fires and
earthquakes. A fire, earthquake or other catastrophic loss that
causes significant damage to our facilities or interruption of
our business could harm our business. We do not carry insurance
to cover losses caused by earthquakes, and the insurance
coverage that we carry for fire damage and for business
interruption may be insufficient to compensate us for any losses
that we may incur.
A change
in the accounting treatment of stock-based awards will adversely
affect our results of operations.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued revised SFAS No. 123, Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS No. 123R, which requires companies to
expense employee stock options and other stock-based awards for
financial reporting purposes. Under SFAS No. 123R,
beginning with our first quarter of 2006, we are required to
value our employee stock option grants pursuant to an option
valuation model, and then amortize that value against our
reported earnings over the vesting period in effect for those
options. We previously accounted for stock-based awards to
employees in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and had adopted the disclosure-only alternative
of SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 128, each of which has
been superseded by SFAS No. 123R. The change in accounting
treatment resulting from SFAS No. 123R may materially and
adversely affect our reported results of operations as
stock-based compensation expense is charged directly against our
reported earnings. We continue to believe that expensing
stock-based compensation will have an impact on our statement of
operations similar to the pro forma disclosure under
SFAS No. 123 (see Note 2 Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies Stock-Based
Compensation).
If our
internal controls over financial reporting are not considered
effective, our business and stock price could be adversely
affected.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us
to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over
financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year, and to
include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting in our annual report
on
Form 10-K
for that fiscal year. Section 404 also requires our
independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, and
report on, managements assessment of our internal controls
over financial reporting. Our management has concluded, and our
independent registered public accounting firm has attested, that
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as
of December 31, 2005.
Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief
financial officer, does not expect that our internal controls
over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A
control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
control systems objectives will be met. Further, the
design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent
limitations in all control systems, no
38
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control issues and instances of fraud involving a company have
been, or will be, detected. The design of any system of controls
is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of
future events, and we cannot assure you that any design will
succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of
compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements
due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We cannot
assure you that we or our independent registered public
accounting firm will not identify a material weakness in our
internal controls in the future. A material weakness in our
internal controls over financial reporting would require
management and our independent registered public accounting firm
to evaluate our internal controls as ineffective. If our
internal controls over financial reporting are not considered
effective, we may experience a loss of public confidence, which
could have an adverse effect on our business and on the market
price of our common stock.
RISKS
RELATED TO REGULATORY APPROVALS
Our
product candidates must undergo rigorous preclinical and
clinical testing and we must obtain regulatory approvals, which
could be costly and time-consuming and subject us to
unanticipated delays or prevent us from marketing any
products.
Our research and development activities, as well as the
manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates, including
our Technosphere Insulin System, are subject to regulation,
including regulation for safety, efficacy and quality, by the
FDA in the United States and comparable authorities in other
countries. FDA regulations are wide-ranging and govern, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
product design, development, manufacture and testing;
|
|
|
|
product labeling;
|
|
|
|
product storage and shipping;
|
|
|
|
pre-market clearance or approval;
|
|
|
|
advertising and promotion; and
|
|
|
|
product sales and distribution.
|
Clinical testing can be costly and take many years, and the
outcome is uncertain and susceptible to varying interpretations.
We expect, based on our discussions with the FDA and on our
understanding of the interactions between the FDA and other
pharmaceutical companies developing inhaled insulin delivery
systems, that we will need safety data covering at least two
years from patients treated with our Technosphere Insulin System
and that we must complete a two-year carcinogenicity study of
Technosphere Insulin in rodents to obtain approval, among other
requirements. We cannot be certain when or under what conditions
we will undertake further clinical trials. The clinical trials
of our product candidates may not be completed on schedule, the
FDA or foreign regulatory agencies may order us to stop or
modify our research, or these agencies may not ultimately
approve any of our product candidates for commercial sale. The
data collected from our clinical trials may not be sufficient to
support regulatory approval of our various product candidates,
including our Technosphere Insulin System. Even if we believe
the data collected from our clinical trials are sufficient, the
FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may
disagree with our interpretation of the data. Our failure to
adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of any of our
product candidates would delay or prevent regulatory approval of
our product candidates, which could prevent us from achieving
profitability.
The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials and
manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates, including
our Technosphere Insulin System, outside the United States vary
widely from country to country. Foreign approvals may take
longer to obtain than FDA approvals and can require, among other
things, additional testing and different clinical trial designs.
Foreign regulatory approval processes include all of the risks
associated with the FDA approval processes. Some of those
agencies also must approve prices of the products. Approval of a
product by the FDA does not ensure approval of the same product
by the health authorities of other countries. In addition,
changes in regulatory policy in the United States or in foreign
countries for product approval
39
during the period of product development and regulatory agency
review of each submitted new application may cause delays or
rejections.
The process of obtaining FDA and other required regulatory
approvals, including foreign approvals, is expensive, often
takes many years and can vary substantially based upon the type,
complexity and novelty of the products involved. We are not
aware of any precedent for the successful commercialization of
products based on our technology. On January 26, 2006, the
FDA approved the first pulmonary insulin product, Exubera. This
may impact the development and registration of our Technosphere
Insulin System in many ways, including: the approval of Exubera
may increase the difficulty of enrolling patients in our
clinical trials; Exubera may be viewed as standard of care by
the FDA and used as a reference for the safety/efficacy
evaluations of our Technosphere Insulin System; and the approval
standards set for Exubera may be applied to other products that
follow including our Technosphere Insulin System. The FDA has
advised us that it will regulate our Technosphere Insulin System
as a combination product because of the complex
nature of the system that includes the combination of a new drug
(Technosphere Insulin) and a new medical device (the MedTone
inhaler used to administer the insulin). The FDA indicated that
the review of a future drug marketing application for our
Technosphere Insulin System will involve three separate review
groups of the FDA: (1) the Metabolic and Endocrine Drug
Products Division; (2) the Pulmonary Drug Products
Division; and (3) the Center for Devices and Radiological
Health within the FDA that reviews medical devices. We currently
understand that the Metabolic and Endocrine Drug Products
Division will be the lead group and will obtain consulting
reviews from the other two FDA groups. The FDA has not made an
official final decision in this regard, however, and we can make
no assurances at this time about what impact FDA review by
multiple groups will have on the review and approval of our
product or whether we are correct in our understanding of how
the Technosphere Insulin System will be reviewed and approved.
Also, questions that have been raised about the safety of
marketed drugs generally, including pertaining to the lack of
adequate labeling, may result in increased cautiousness by the
FDA in reviewing new drugs based on safety, efficacy, or other
regulatory considerations and may result in significant delays
in obtaining regulatory approvals. Such regulatory
considerations may also result in the imposition of more
restrictive drug labeling or marketing requirements as
conditions of approval, which may significantly affect the
marketability of our drug products. FDA review of our
Technosphere Insulin System as a combination product therapy may
lengthen the product development and regulatory approval
process, increase our development costs and delay or prevent the
commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System.
We are developing our Technosphere Insulin System as a new
treatment for diabetes utilizing unique, proprietary components.
As a combination product, any changes to either the MedTone
inhaler, the Technosphere material or the insulin, including new
suppliers, could possibly result in FDA requirements to repeat
certain clinical studies. This means, for example, that
switching to an alternate delivery system could require us to
undertake additional clinical trials and other studies, which
could significantly delay the development and commercialization
of our Technosphere Insulin System. Our product candidates that
are currently in development for the treatment of cancer also
face similar obstacles and costs.
We currently expect that our inhaler will be reviewed for
approval as part of the NDA for our Technosphere Insulin System.
No assurances exist that we will not be required to obtain
separate device clearances or approval for use of our inhaler
with our Technosphere Insulin System. This may result in our
being subject to medical device review user fees and to other
device requirements to market our inhaler and may result in
significant delays in commercialization. Even if the device
component is approved as part of our NDA for the Technosphere
Insulin System, numerous device regulatory requirements still
apply to the device part of the drug-device combination.
We have
only limited experience in filing and pursuing applications
necessary to gain regulatory approvals, which may impede our
ability to obtain timely approvals from the FDA or foreign
regulatory agencies, if at all.
We will not be able to commercialize our Technosphere Insulin
System and other product candidates until we have obtained
regulatory approval. We have no experience as a company in
late-stage regulatory filings, such as preparing and submitting
NDAs, which may place us at risk of delays, overspending and
human resources inefficiencies. Any delay in obtaining, or
inability to obtain, regulatory approval could harm our business.
40
If we do
not comply with regulatory requirements at any stage, whether
before or after marketing approval is obtained, we may be
subject to criminal prosecution, fined or forced to remove a
product from the market or experience other adverse
consequences, including restrictions or delays in obtaining
regulatory marketing approval.
Even if we comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be
able to obtain the labeling claims necessary or desirable for
product promotion. We may also be required to undertake
post-marketing trials. In addition, if we or other parties
identify adverse effects after any of our products are on the
market, or if manufacturing problems occur, regulatory approval
may be withdrawn and a reformulation of our products, additional
clinical trials, changes in labeling of, or indications of use
for, our products
and/or
additional marketing applications may be required. If we
encounter any of the foregoing problems, our business and
results of operations will be harmed and the market price of our
common stock may decline.
Even if
we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, such
approval may be limited and we will be subject to stringent,
ongoing government regulation.
Even if regulatory authorities approve any of our product
candidates, they could approve less than the full scope of uses
or labeling that we seek or otherwise require special warnings
or other restrictions on use or marketing. Regulatory
authorities may limit the segments of the diabetes population to
which we or others may market our Technosphere Insulin System or
limit the target population for our other product candidates.
Based on currently available clinical studies, we believe that
our Technosphere Insulin System may have certain advantages over
currently approved insulin products including its approximation
of the natural early insulin secretion normally seen in healthy
individuals following the beginning of a meal. Nonetheless,
there are no assurances that these and other advantages, if any,
of the Technosphere Insulin System have clinical significance or
can be confirmed in
head-to-head
clinical trials against appropriate approved comparator insulin
drug products. Such comparative clinical trials are required to
make these types of superiority claims in labeling or
advertising. These aforementioned observations and others may
therefore not be capable of substantiation in comparative
clinical trials prior to our NDA submission, if at all, or
otherwise may not be suitable for inclusion in product labeling
or advertising and, as a result, our Technosphere Insulin System
may not have competitive advantages when compared to other
insulin products.
The manufacture, marketing and sale of these product candidates
will be subject to stringent and ongoing government regulation.
The FDA may also withdraw product approvals if problems
concerning safety or efficacy of the product occur following
approval. In response to questions that have been raised about
the safety of certain approved prescription products, including
the lack of adequate warnings, the FDA and Congress are
currently considering new regulatory and legislative approaches
to advertising, monitoring and assessing the safety of marketed
drugs, including legislation providing the FDA with authority to
mandate labeling changes for approved pharmaceutical products,
particularly those related to safety. We also cannot be sure
that the current Congressional and FDA initiatives pertaining to
ensuring the safety of marketed drugs or other developments
pertaining to the pharmaceutical industry will not adversely
affect our operations.
We also are required to register our establishments and list our
products with the FDA and certain state agencies. We and any
third-party manufacturers or suppliers must continually adhere
to federal regulations setting forth requirements, known as cGMP
(for drugs) and QSR (for medical devices), and their foreign
equivalents, which are enforced by the FDA and other national
regulatory bodies through their facilities inspection programs.
If our facilities, or the facilities of our manufacturers or
suppliers, cannot pass a preapproval plant inspection, the FDA
will not approve the marketing of our product candidates. In
complying with cGMP and foreign regulatory requirements, we and
any of our potential third-party manufacturers or suppliers will
be obligated to expend time, money and effort in production,
record-keeping and quality control to ensure that our products
meet applicable specifications and other requirements. QSR
requirements also impose extensive testing, control and
documentation requirements. State regulatory agencies and the
regulatory agencies of other countries have similar
requirements. In addition, we will be required to comply with
regulatory requirements of the FDA, state regulatory agencies
and the regulatory agencies of other countries concerning the
reporting of adverse events and device malfunctions, corrections
and removals (e.g., recalls), promotion and advertising and
general prohibitions against the manufacture and distribution of
adulterated and misbranded devices. Failure to comply with these
regulatory requirements could
41
result in civil fines, product seizures, injunctions
and/or
criminal prosecution of responsible individuals and us. Any such
actions would have a material adverse effect on our business and
results of operations.
Our
insulin supplier does not yet supply human recombinant insulin
for an FDA-approved product and will likely be subject to an FDA
preapproval inspection before the agency will approve a future
marketing application for our Technosphere Insulin
System.
We can make no assurances that our insulin supplier will be
acceptable to the FDA. If we were required to find a new or
additional supplier of insulin, we would be required to evaluate
the new suppliers ability to provide insulin that meets
our specifications and quality requirements, which would require
significant time and expense and could delay the manufacturing
and future commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System.
We also depend on suppliers for other materials that comprise
our Technosphere Insulin System, including our MedTone inhaler
and cartridges. All of our device suppliers must comply with
relevant regulatory requirements including QSR. It also is
likely that major suppliers will be subject to FDA preapproval
inspections before the agency will approve a future marketing
application for our Technosphere Insulin System. At the present
time our insulin supplier is certified to the ISO9001:2000
Standard. There can be no assurance, however, that if the FDA
were to conduct a preapproval inspection of our insulin supplier
or other suppliers, that the agency would find that the supplier
substantially comply with the QSR or cGMP requirements, where
applicable. If we or any potential third-party manufacturer or
supplier fails to comply with these requirements or comparable
requirements in foreign countries, regulatory authorities may
subject us to regulatory action, including criminal
prosecutions, fines and suspension of the manufacture of our
products.
Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product
candidates may also be subject to limitations on the indicated
uses for which the product candidate may be marketed or contain
requirements for potentially costly post-marketing
follow-up
clinical trials.
Reports
of side effects or safety concerns in related technology fields
or in other companies clinical trials could delay or
prevent us from obtaining regulatory approval or negatively
impact public perception of our product candidates.
At present, there are a number of clinical trials being
conducted by us and other pharmaceutical companies involving
insulin delivery systems. If we discover that our product is
associated with a significantly increased frequency of adverse
events, or if other pharmaceutical companies announce that they
observed frequent adverse events in their trials involving the
pulmonary delivery of insulin, we could encounter delays in the
timing of our clinical trials or difficulties in obtaining the
approval of our Technosphere Insulin System. As well, the public
perception of our products might be adversely affected, which
could harm our business and results of operations and cause the
market price of our common stock to decline, even if the concern
relates to another companys product.
For example, in August 2004, an analyst reported that the United
Kingdom Committee on the Safety of Medicines had expressed
concern that a European application for approval of a drug for
the treatment of diabetes was not licensable at the time.
Earlier in 2004, sanofi-aventis, on behalf of Pfizer and Nektar,
filed for regulatory approval in Europe of Exubera. Although the
identity of the drug was not disclosed in the analysts
report, the news nonetheless triggered temporary but sharp
declines in the market prices of Nektars common stock as
well as our common stock.
There are also a number of clinical trials being conducted by
other pharmaceutical companies involving compounds similar to,
or competitive with, our other product candidates. Adverse
results reported by these other companies in their clinical
trials could delay or prevent us from obtaining regulatory
approval or negatively impact public perception of our product
candidates, which could harm our business and results of
operations and cause the market price of our common stock to
decline.
42
RISKS
RELATED TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
If we are
unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may not be able to
compete effectively, or operate profitably.
Our commercial success depends, in large part, on our ability to
obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our
technology. Our ability to do so will depend on, among other
things, complex legal and factual questions, and it should be
noted that the standards regarding intellectual property rights
in our fields are still evolving. We attempt to protect our
proprietary technology through a combination of patents, trade
secrets, know-how and confidentiality agreements. We own a
number of domestic and international patents, have a number of
domestic and international patent applications pending and have
licenses to additional patents. We cannot assure you that our
patents and licenses will successfully preclude others from
using our technologies, and we could incur substantial costs in
seeking enforcement of our proprietary rights against
infringement. Even if issued, the patents may not give us an
advantage over competitors with similar technologies.
Moreover, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its
validity or enforceability and it is uncertain how much
protection, if any, will be afforded by our patents. A third
party may challenge the validity or enforceability of a patent
after its issuance by various proceedings such as oppositions in
foreign jurisdictions or re-examinations in the US. If we
attempt to enforce our patents, they may be challenged in court
where they could be held invalid, unenforceable, or have their
breadth narrowed to an extent that would destroy their value.
We also rely on unpatented technology, trade secrets, know-how
and confidentiality agreements. We require our officers,
employees, consultants and advisors to execute proprietary
information and invention and assignment agreements upon
commencement of their relationships with us. We also execute
confidentiality agreements with outside collaborators. There can
be no assurance, however, that these agreements will provide
meaningful protection for our inventions, trade secrets or other
proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or
disclosure of such information. If any trade secret, know-how or
other technology not protected by a patent were to be disclosed
to or independently developed by a competitor, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be adversely
affected.
If we
become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or
the patents of our collaborators or licensors, we would be
required to devote substantial time and resources to prosecute
or defend such proceedings.
Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our
collaborators or licensors. To counter infringement or
unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement
claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition,
in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent
of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop
the other party from using the technology at issue on the
grounds that our patents do not cover its technology. An adverse
determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could put
one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or
interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at
risk of not issuing.
Interference proceedings brought by the US Patent and
Trademark Office, or USPTO, may be necessary to determine the
priority of inventions with respect to our patent applications
or those of our collaborators or licensors. Litigation or
interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may
result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our
management. We may not be able, alone or with our collaborators
and licensors, to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary
rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect
such rights as fully as in the United States. We may not prevail
in any litigation or interference proceeding in which we are
involved. Even if we do prevail, these proceedings can be very
expensive and distract our management.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery
required in connection with intellectual property litigation,
there is a risk that some of our confidential information could
be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In
addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there
could be public announcements of the results of hearings,
motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If
securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be
negative, the market price of our common stock may decline.
43
If our
technologies conflict with the proprietary rights of others, we
may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other
proceedings and we could face substantial monetary damages and
be precluded from commercializing our products, which would
materially harm our business.
Over the past three decades the number of patents issued to
biotechnology companies has expanded dramatically. As a result
it is not always clear to industry participants, including us,
which patents cover the multitude of biotechnology product
types. Ultimately, the courts must determine the scope of
coverage afforded by a patent and the courts do not always
arrive at uniform conclusions.
A third party may claim that we are using inventions covered by
such third partys patents and may go to court to stop us
from engaging in our normal operations and activities. These
lawsuits can be expensive and would consume time and other
resources. There is a risk that a court would decide that we are
infringing a third partys patents and would order us to
stop the activities covered by the patents, including the
commercialization of our products. In addition, there is a risk
that we would have to pay the other party damages for having
violated the other partys patents (which damages may be
increased, as well as attorneys fees ordered paid, if
infringement is found to be willful), or that we will be
required to obtain a license from the other party in order to
continue to commercialize the affected products, or to design
our products in a manner that does not infringe a valid patent.
We may not prevail in any legal action, and a required license
under the patent may not be available on acceptable terms or at
all, requiring cessation of activities that were found to
infringe a valid patent. We also may not be able to develop a
non-infringing product design on commercially reasonable terms,
or at all.
Although we own a number of domestic and foreign patents and
patent applications relating to our Technosphere Insulin System
and cancer vaccine products under development, we have
identified certain third-party patents that a court may
interpret to restrict our freedom to operate (that is, to cover
our products) in the areas of Technosphere formulations,
pulmonary insulin delivery and the treatment of cancer.
Specifically, we have identified certain third-party patents
having claims relating to chemical compositions of matter and
pulmonary insulin delivery that may trigger an allegation of
infringement upon the commercial manufacture and sale of our
Technosphere Insulin System. We have also identified third-party
patents disclosing methods of use and compositions of matter
related to DNA-based vaccines that also may trigger an
allegation of infringement upon the commercial manufacture and
sale of our cancer therapy. If a court were to determine that
our insulin products or cancer therapies were infringing any of
these patent rights, we would have to establish with the court
that these patents were invalid or unenforceable in order to
avoid legal liability for infringement of these patents.
However, proving patent invalidity or unenforceability can be
difficult because issued patents are presumed valid. Therefore,
in the event that we are unable to prevail in an infringement or
invalidity action we will have to either acquire the third-party
patents outright or seek a royalty-bearing license.
Royalty-bearing licenses effectively increase production costs
and therefore may materially affect product profitability.
Furthermore, should the patent holder refuse to either assign or
license us the infringed patents, it may be necessary to cease
manufacturing the product entirely
and/or
design around the patents, if possible. In either event, our
business would be harmed and our profitability could be
materially adversely impacted.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery
required in connection with intellectual property litigation,
there is a risk that some of our confidential information could
be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In
addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there
could be public announcements of the results of hearings,
motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If
securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be
negative, the market price of our common stock may decline.
Patent litigation is costly and time-consuming. Among other
things, such litigation may divert the attention of key
personnel and we may not have sufficient resources to bring
these actions to a successful conclusion. At the same time, some
of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex
patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have
substantially greater resources. Although patent and
intellectual property disputes in the pharmaceutical area have
often been settled for licensing or similar arrangements,
associated costs may be substantial and could include ongoing
royalties. An adverse determination in a judicial or
administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary
licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our
products or result in substantial monetary damages, which would
adversely affect our business and results of operations and
cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
44
We may
not obtain trademark registrations for our potential trade
names.
We have not selected trade names for some of our products and
product candidates; therefore, we have not filed trademark
registrations for our potential trade names for those products
in any jurisdiction, including the United States. Although
we intend to defend any opposition to our trademark
registrations, no assurance can be given that any of our
trademarks will be registered in the United States or elsewhere
or that the use of any of our trademarks will confer a
competitive advantage in the marketplace. Furthermore, even if
we are successful in our trademark registrations, the FDA has
its own process for drug nomenclature and its own views
concerning appropriate proprietary names. It also has the power,
even after granting market approval, to request a company to
reconsider the name for a product because of evidence of
confusion in the marketplace. We cannot assure you that the FDA
or any other regulatory authority will approve of any of our
trademarks or will not request reconsideration of one of our
trademarks at some time in the future.
RISKS
RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK
Our stock
price is volatile.
The stock market, particularly in recent years, has experienced
significant volatility particularly with respect to
pharmaceutical and biotechnology stocks. Since our initial
public offering in August 2004, the high and low sales price of
our common stock has varied significantly, from a low of $8.42
to a high of $24.31. The volatility of pharmaceutical and
biotechnology stocks often does not relate to the operating
performance of the companies represented by the stock. Our
business and the market price of our common stock may be
influenced by a large variety of factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the progress and results of our clinical trials;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors concerning their clinical
trial results, acquisitions, strategic alliances, technological
innovations and newly approved commercial products;
|
|
|
|
the availability of critical materials used in developing and
manufacturing our Technosphere Insulin System or other product
candidates;
|
|
|
|
developments concerning our patents, proprietary rights and
potential infringement claims;
|
|
|
|
developments in our litigation with our former Chief Medical
Officer;
|
|
|
|
the expense and time associated with, and the extent of our
ultimate success in, securing regulatory approvals;
|
|
|
|
changes in securities analysts estimates of our financial
and operating performance;
|
|
|
|
sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by
our executive officers, directors and significant
stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
discussion of our Technosphere Insulin System, our other product
candidates, competitors products, or our stock price by
the financial and scientific press, the healthcare community and
online investor communities such as chat rooms.
|
Any of these risks, as well as other factors, could cause the
market price of our common stock to decline.
If other
biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies or the securities
markets in general encounter problems, the market price of our
common stock could be adversely affected.
Public companies in general and companies included on The Nasdaq
National Market in particular have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or
disproportionate to the operating performance of those
companies. There has been particular volatility in the market
prices of securities of biotechnology and other life sciences
companies, and the market prices of these companies have often
fluctuated because of problems or successes in a given market
segment or because investor interest has shifted to other
segments. These broad market and industry factors may cause the
market price of our common stock to decline,
45
regardless of our operating performance. We have no control over
this volatility and can only focus our efforts on our own
operations, and even these may be affected due to the state of
the capital markets.
In the past, following periods of large price declines in the
public market price of a companys securities, securities
class action litigation has often been initiated against that
company. Litigation of this type could result in substantial
costs and diversion of managements attention and
resources, which would hurt our business. Any adverse
determination in litigation could also subject us to significant
liabilities.
Our Chief
Executive Officer and principal stockholder can individually
control our direction and policies, and his interests may be
adverse to the interests of our other stockholders. After his
death, his stock will be left to his funding foundations for
distribution to various charities, and we cannot assure you of
the manner in which those entities will manage their
holdings.
Mr. Mann has been our primary source of financing to date.
At December 31, 2005, Mr. Mann beneficially owned
approximately 48.5% of our outstanding shares of capital stock.
Members of Mr. Manns family beneficially owned at
least an additional 2.0% of our outstanding shares of common
stock, although Mr. Mann does not have voting or investment
power with respect to these shares. By virtue of his holdings,
Mr. Mann can and will continue to be able to effectively
control the election of the members of our board of directors,
our management and our affairs and prevent corporate
transactions such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of all
or substantially all of our assets that may be favorable from
our standpoint or that of our other stockholders or cause a
transaction that we or our other stockholders may view as
unfavorable.
Subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws,
Mr. Mann is free to sell the shares of our stock he holds
at any time. Upon his death, we have been advised by
Mr. Mann that his shares of our capital stock will be left
to the Alfred E. Mann Medical Research Organization, or AEMMRO,
and AEM Foundation for Biomedical Engineering, or AEMFBE,
not-for-profit
medical research foundations that serve as funding organizations
for Mr. Manns various charities, including the Alfred
Mann Foundation, or AMF, and the Alfred Mann Institute at the
University of Southern California, and that may serve as funding
organizations for any other charities that he may establish. The
AEMMRO is a membership foundation consisting of six members,
including Mr. Mann, four of his children and
Dr. Joseph Schulman, the director of AMF. The AEMFBE is a
membership foundation consisting of five members, including
Mr. Mann and the same four of his children. Although we
understand that the members of AEMMRO and AEMFBE have been
advised of Mr. Manns objectives for these
foundations, once Mr. Manns shares of our capital
stock become the property of the foundations, we cannot assure
you as to how those shares will be distributed or how they will
be voted.
The
future sale of our common stock could negatively affect our
stock price.
As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately
50.3 million shares of common stock outstanding.
Substantially all of these shares are available for public sale,
subject in some cases to volume and other limitations or
delivery of a prospectus. If our common stockholders sell
substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the
market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of
our common stock may decline. Furthermore, if we were to include
in a company-initiated registration statement shares held by our
stockholders pursuant to the exercise of their registrations
rights, the sale of those shares could impair our ability to
raise needed capital by depressing the price at which we could
sell our common stock.
In addition, we will need to raise substantial additional
capital in the future to fund our operations. If we raise
additional funds by issuing equity securities, the market price
of our common stock may decline and our existing stockholders
may experience significant dilution.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could
make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our
stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our
stockholders to replace or remove our current
management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
include anti-takeover provisions, such as a prohibition on
stockholder actions by written consent, the authority of our
board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder
approval, and supermajority voting requirements for specified
actions. In addition, because we
46
are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions
of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
which generally prohibits stockholders owning 15% or more of our
outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us in
certain circumstances. These provisions may delay or prevent an
acquisition of us, even if the acquisition may be considered
beneficial by some of our stockholders. In addition, they may
frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace
or remove our current management by making it more difficult for
stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which
is responsible for appointing the members of our management.
Because
we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, you
must rely on stock appreciation for any return on your
investment.
We have paid no cash dividends on any of our capital stock to
date, and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if
any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a
result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future, and payment of cash dividends, if any, will
also depend on our financial condition, results of operations,
capital requirements and other factors and will be at the
discretion of our board of directors. Furthermore, we may in the
future become subject to contractual restrictions on, or
prohibitions against, the payment of dividends. Accordingly, the
success of your investment in our common stock will likely
depend entirely upon any future appreciation. There is no
guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in value after
the offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased
your shares, and you may not realize a return on your investment
in our common stock.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments.
|
This item is not applicable.
In 2001, we acquired a facility in Danbury, Connecticut that
includes two buildings comprising approximately
190,000 square feet and currently house our research and
development, administrative and manufacturing functions,
primarily for Technosphere Insulin formulation, filling and
packaging. We believe that our facility in Danbury has
sufficient space to contain additional Technosphere Insulin
manufacturing capacity necessary to satisfy potential commercial
demand for the launch of our Technosphere Insulin System and the
first few years thereafter for our Technosphere Insulin System
and other Technosphere-related products.
We own and occupy approximately 147,000 square feet of
laboratory, office and manufacturing space in Valencia,
California. The facility contains our principal executive
offices and houses our research and development laboratories for
our cancer and other programs. We also use this facility to
provide support for the development of our Technosphere programs.
We lease approximately 34,000 square feet of office space
in Paramus, New Jersey pursuant to a lease that ends in January
2009.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
In May 2005, our former Chief Medical Officer filed a complaint
against us in the California Superior Court, County of Los
Angeles, Wayman Wendell Cheatham, M.D. v. MannKind
Corporation, Case No. BC333845. The complaint alleges
causes of action for wrongful termination in violation of public
policy, breach of contract and retaliation in connection with
our termination of Dr. Cheathams employment. In the
complaint, Dr. Cheatham seeks compensatory, punitive and
exemplary damages in excess of $2.0 million, as well as
reimbursement of attorneys fees. In June 2005, we answered
the complaint, generally denying each of
Dr. Cheathams allegations and asserting various
defenses. We believe the allegations in the complaint are
without merit and intend to vigorously defend against them. We
also filed a cross-complaint against Dr. Cheatham, alleging
claims for libel per se, trade libel, breach of contract, breach
of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and
breach of the duty of loyalty. The libel claims allege that
Dr. Cheatham made certain false and malicious statements
about us in a letter to the FDA with regard to a request by us
to hold a meeting with the FDA. The remaining causes of action
in the cross-complaint arise out of our allegations that
Dr. Cheatham had an undisclosed consulting relationship
with a
47
competitor during his employment with us, in violation of our
agreement. In July 2005, Dr. Cheatham filed a demurrer and
motion to strike our cross-complaint under Californias
anti-SLAPP statute. In September 2005, the California Superior
Court overruled Dr. Cheathams demurrer and denied his
motion to strike our cross-complaint. Dr. Cheatham then
filed a notice of appeal of the Courts ruling denying his
motion to strike. Discovery as to Dr. Cheathams
claims against us is proceeding, and this case is scheduled for
trial to commence in October 2006. We believe that the ultimate
resolution of this matter will not have a material impact on our
financial position or results of operations.
In 2000, we issued 699,972 shares of common stock to three
consultants in exchange for notes receivable aggregating
approximately $10.9 million. The fixed interest bearing
notes were collateralized by the underlying common stock. The
notes-for-stock
transactions were accounted for as in-substance stock option
grants to non-employees. In November 2004, the consultants
informed us that they had entered into an agreement in October
2001 with Mr. Mann, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and principal stockholder, under which Mr. Mann would
purchase a portion of the consultants common stock, and
that MannKind was to apply the proceeds to the amounts owed
under the consultants respective notes. The consultants
informed us that they believed both we and Mr. Mann were in
breach of the alleged agreement, and indicated their intent to
seek alleged damages arising from our failure to perform the
alleged agreement. On October 19, 2005, the principal and
interest on the notes aggregating $14.6 million became due
and payable and we pursued collection. On November 21,
2005, the consultants filed a complaint against us in the
California Superior Court, County of Los Angeles, Rollins
et al. v. MannKind et al, Case
No. BC343381. The complaint alleges causes of action for
breach of the abovementioned agreement, among other things. On
January 19, 2006, the parties mediated and settled the
case. Under the settlement, MannKind repurchased
620,697 shares from the consultants in full satisfaction of
the notes. MannKind also agreed to repurchase the remaining
79,275 shares held by the consultants for
$1.4 million. The complaint has been dismissed in its
entirety with prejudice.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders
during the quarter ended December 31, 2005.
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities
|
Common
Stock Market Price
Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol MNKD since July 28, 2004. The
following table sets forth for the quarterly periods indicated,
the high and low bid prices for our common stock as reported by
Nasdaq. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without
retail mark-up, markdown or commission, and may not represent
actual transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third quarter (from July 28,
2004)
|
|
$
|
24.31
|
|
|
$
|
10.71
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
20.40
|
|
|
$
|
14.32
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
16.15
|
|
|
$
|
11.67
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
16.00
|
|
|
$
|
8.58
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
14.48
|
|
|
$
|
8.42
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
13.85
|
|
|
$
|
10.60
|
|
The closing sales price of our common stock on the Nasdaq
National Market was $17.86 on March 8, 2006 and there were
230 registered holders of record as of that date.
48
Dividend
Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our
business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any
future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion
of our board of directors.
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
Plans
The information required to be disclosed by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
is incorporated herein by reference to the proxy Statement.
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no sales of equity securities by us that were not
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 during the fourth
quarter of 2005.
Use of
Proceeds
The initial public offering of our common stock, par value
$0.01 per share, was effected through a Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-115020)
that was declared effective by the SEC on July 27, 2004,
and a Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-117702)
that became effective upon filing with the SEC on July 28,
2004. The Registration Statements covered the offer and sale of
up to 7,187,500 shares of our common stock, including an
over-allotment option we granted to the underwriters to purchase
up to 937,500 shares of our common stock from us, for an
aggregate offering price of $100.6 million. Our initial
public offering commenced on July 28, 2004. On
August 2, 2004, 6,250,000 shares of our common stock
were sold for an aggregate offering price of $87.5 million.
The managing underwriters in the offering were UBS Investment
Bank, Piper Jaffray, Wachovia Securities, Jefferies &
Company, Inc. and Harris Nesbitt. The underwriters exercised
307,100 shares of the over-allotment option on
August 28, 2004 and the closing occurred on
September 1, 2004.
Our initial public offering resulted in aggregate net proceeds
to us of approximately $83.2 million, including
approximately $4.0 million in proceeds from the exercise of
the underwriters over-allotment option. In connection with
the offering, we paid $6.4 million in underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses of approximately
$2.2 million.
No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of
our directors or officers (or their associates) or person owning
ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to
any other affiliates. All offering expenses were paid directly
to others.
As of December 31, 2005, we estimate that we had used
approximately $73.6 million of the total net proceeds of
our initial public offering for operating activities and
approximately $9.6 million of the net proceeds for the
purchase of manufacturing equipment. The foregoing payments were
direct payments made to third parties who were not our directors
or officers (or their associates), persons owning ten percent or
more of any class of our equity securities or any other
affiliate, except that the proceeds used for working capital
included regular compensation for officers and directors. The
use of proceeds does not represent a material change from the
use of proceeds described in the prospectus we filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act with the SEC on
July 28, 2004.
49
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The following selected consolidated financial data should be
read in conjunction with MannKind consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto and with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, which are included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
Statement of Operations
Data:
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
326
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
19,763
|
|
|
|
42,724
|
|
|
|
45,613
|
|
|
|
59,406
|
|
|
|
95,347
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,629
|
|
|
|
13,215
|
|
|
|
20,699
|
|
|
|
17,743
|
|
|
|
22,775
|
|
In-process research and
development costs
|
|
|
19,726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
50,118
|
|
|
|
207,367
|
|
|
|
66,312
|
|
|
|
77,149
|
|
|
|
118,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(49,792
|
)
|
|
|
(207,367
|
)
|
|
|
(66,312
|
)
|
|
|
(77,149
|
)
|
|
|
(118,122
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
3,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
(48,243
|
)
|
|
|
(206,263
|
)
|
|
|
(65,878
|
)
|
|
|
(75,991
|
)
|
|
|
(114,337
|
)
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(48,245
|
)
|
|
|
(206,265
|
)
|
|
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
|
(114,338
|
)
|
Deemed dividends related to
beneficial conversion feature of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,421
|
)
|
|
|
(1,017
|
)
|
|
|
(19,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred
stock
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(48,484
|
)
|
|
$
|
(207,937
|
)
|
|
$
|
(67,149
|
)
|
|
$
|
(95,874
|
)
|
|
$
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net loss per
share
|
|
$
|
(4.60
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15.43
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.80
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute basic and
diluted net loss per share
|
|
|
10,534
|
|
|
|
13,472
|
|
|
|
18,488
|
|
|
|
25,221
|
|
|
|
39,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
December 31,
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities
|
|
$
|
53,730
|
|
|
$
|
31,052
|
|
|
$
|
55,945
|
|
|
$
|
90,533
|
|
|
$
|
145,634
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
47,477
|
|
|
|
24,171
|
|
|
|
49,097
|
|
|
|
82,837
|
|
|
|
128,507
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
251,487
|
|
|
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
125,876
|
|
|
|
163,483
|
|
|
|
228,371
|
|
Deferred compensation and other
liabilities
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
|
|
4,935
|
|
|
|
5,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit accumulated during the
development stage
|
|
|
(94,827
|
)
|
|
|
(301,092
|
)
|
|
|
(366,971
|
)
|
|
|
(442,963
|
)
|
|
|
(557,301
|
)
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
235,017
|
|
|
|
90,773
|
|
|
|
111,577
|
|
|
|
150,363
|
|
|
|
206,977
|
|
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
The following discussion of our financial condition and results
of operations should be read in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in
this report.
50
OVERVIEW
We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery,
development and commercialization of therapeutic products for
diseases such as diabetes and cancer. We are currently in
Phase 3 clinical trials in the United States and Europe of
our lead product, the Technosphere Insulin System, to study its
safety and efficacy in the treatment of diabetes. This therapy
consists of a proprietary dry powder formulation of insulin that
is inhaled into the deep lung using our proprietary inhaler. We
believe that the combination of the performance characteristics,
unique kinetics, convenience and ease of use of the
Technosphere Insulin System may have the potential to change the
way diabetes is treated. We are developing additional
applications for our proprietary Technosphere platform
technology by formulating other drugs for pulmonary delivery. We
are also developing therapies for the treatment of solid-tumor
cancers. Our other product candidates are in research and
pre-clinical development.
We are a development stage enterprise and have incurred
significant losses since our inception in 1991. As of
December 31, 2005, we have incurred a cumulative net loss
of $557.3 million. To date, we have not generated any
product revenues and have funded our operations primarily
through the sale of equity securities.
We do not anticipate sales of any product prior to regulatory
approval and commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin
System. We currently do not have the required approvals to
market any of our product candidates, and we may not receive
such approvals. We may not be profitable even if we succeed in
commercializing any of our product candidates. We expect to make
substantial and increasing expenditures and to incur additional
operating losses for at least the next several years as we:
|
|
|
|
|
continue the clinical development and commercialization of our
Technosphere Insulin System for the treatment of diabetes;
|
|
|
|
expand our manufacturing operations for our Technosphere Insulin
System to meet our currently anticipated commercial production
needs;
|
|
|
|
expand our other research, discovery and development programs;
|
|
|
|
expand our proprietary Technosphere platform technology and
develop additional applications for the pulmonary delivery of
other drugs; and
|
|
|
|
enter into sales and marketing collaborations with other
companies, if available on commercially reasonable terms, or
develop these capabilities ourselves.
|
Our business is subject to significant risks, including but not
limited to the risks inherent in our ongoing clinical trials and
the regulatory approval process, the results of our research and
development efforts, competition from other products and
technologies and uncertainties associated with obtaining and
enforcing patent rights.
RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
Our research and development expenses consist mainly of costs
associated with the clinical trials of our product candidates
which have not yet received regulatory approval for marketing
and for which no alternative future use has been identified.
This includes the salaries, benefits and stock-based
compensation of research and development personnel, laboratory
supplies and materials, facility costs, costs for consultants
and related contract research, licensing fees, and depreciation
of laboratory equipment. We track research and development costs
by the type of cost incurred. We partially offset research and
development expenses with the recognition of estimated amounts
receivable from the State of Connecticut pursuant to a program
under which we can exchange qualified research and development
income tax credits for cash.
Our research and development staff conducts our internal
research and development activities, which include research,
product development, clinical development, manufacturing and
related activities. This staff is located in our facilities in
Valencia, California; Paramus, New Jersey; and Danbury,
Connecticut. We expense research and development costs as we
incur them.
Clinical development timelines, likelihood of success and total
costs vary widely. We are focused primarily on advancing the
Technosphere Insulin System through Phase 3 clinical trials
and regulatory filings. We plan to commercialize our lead
product as a treatment for diabetes. Based on the results of
preclinical studies, we plan to
51
develop additional applications of our Technosphere technology.
Additionally, we anticipate that we will continue to determine
which research and development projects to pursue, and how much
funding to direct to each project, on an ongoing basis, in
response to the scientific and clinical success of each product
candidate. We cannot be certain when any revenues from the
commercialization of our products will commence.
At this time, due to the risks inherent in the clinical trial
process and given the early stage of development of our product
candidates other than the Technosphere Insulin System, we are
unable to estimate with any certainty the costs we will incur in
the continued development of our product candidates for
commercialization. The costs required to complete the
development of our Technosphere Insulin System will be largely
dependent on the scope of our clinical trials, the cost and
efficiency of our manufacturing process and discussions with the
FDA on its requirements. We anticipate that our research and
development expenses, particularly for the Technosphere Insulin
System, will increase significantly with the continuation of
existing clinical trials, the initiation of new trials, the
resulting manufacturing costs associated with producing clinical
trial materials, and the expansion, qualification and validation
of our commercial manufacturing processes and facilities.
Additionally, we expect non-cash stock-based compensation
expense resulting from the adoption of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R,
Share-based Payment: an Amendment of FASB Statement 123
and 95, effective as of January 1, 2006, to increase in
the future. See Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies Stock-Based
Compensation in the notes to our financial statements.
GENERAL
AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for
administrative, finance, business development, human resources,
legal and information systems support personnel. In addition,
general and administrative expenses include business insurance
and professional services costs.
We expect general and administrative expenses other than
non-cash stock-based compensation expense to increase slightly
in the future as a result of increased headcount, public company
compliance and establishment of investor relations and marketing
programs. We expect overall general and administrative expenses
to increase significantly as a result of the adoption of
SFAS No. 123R. See
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Stock-Based Compensation in the notes
to our financial statements.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
We have based our discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations on our financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. The
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make
estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities and expenses. We evaluate our estimates and
judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which
form the basis for making estimates of expenses such as stock
option expenses and judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these
estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The
significant accounting policies that are critical to the
judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial
statements are described in more detail below.
Impairment
of long-lived assets
Assessing long-lived assets for impairment requires us to make
assumptions and judgments regarding the carrying value of these
assets. We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value of an asset may not be recoverable. The assets are
considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying
value may not be recoverable based upon our assessment of the
following events or changes in circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
significant changes in our strategic business objectives and
utilization of the assets;
|
|
|
|
a determination that the carrying value of such assets cannot be
recovered through undiscounted cash flows;
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
loss of legal ownership or title to the assets; or
|
|
|
|
the impact of significant negative industry or economic trends.
|
If we believe our assets to be impaired, the impairment we
recognize is the amount by which the carrying value of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any write-downs
would be treated as permanent reductions in the carrying amount
of the asset and an operating loss would be recognized. In
addition, we base the useful lives and related amortization or
depreciation expense on our estimate of the useful lives of the
assets. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned
factors or estimates, our reported results could materially
change.
To date, we have had recurring operating losses, and the
recoverability of our long-lived assets is contingent upon
executing our business plan. If we are unable to execute our
business plan, we may be required to write down the value of our
long-lived assets in future periods.
Clinical
trial expenses
Our clinical trial accrual process seeks to account for expenses
resulting from our obligations under contract with vendors,
consultants, and clinical site agreements in connection with
conducting clinical trials. The financial terms of these
contracts are subject to negotiations which vary from contract
to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match
the periods over which materials or services are provided to us
under such contracts. Our objective is to reflect the
appropriate trial expenses in our financial statements by
matching period expenses with period services and efforts
expended. We account for these expenses according to the
progress of the trial as measured by patient progression and the
timing of various aspects of the trial. We determine accrual
estimates through discussions with internal clinical personnel
and outside service providers as to the progress or state of
completion of trials, or the services completed. Service
provider status is then compared to the contractual obligated
fee to be paid for such services. During the course of a
clinical trial, we adjust our rate of clinical expense
recognition if actual results differ from our estimates. In the
event that we do not identify certain costs that have begun to
be incurred or we underestimate or overestimate the level of
services performed or the costs of such services, our reported
expenses for a period would be too low or too high. The date on
which certain services commence, the level of services performed
on or before a given date and the cost of the services are often
judgmental. We make these judgments based upon the facts and
circumstances known to us in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Stock-based
compensation
Prior to December 31, 2005, we accounted for employee stock
options and the employee stock purchase plan using the intrinsic
value method in accordance with APB No. 25 and adopted the
disclosure only alternative of SFAS No. 123. In
December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R which
requires companies to expense share-based payments to employees,
including stock options, based on the fair value of the award at
the grant date. SFAS No. 123R also eliminates the
intrinsic value method of accounting for stock options which we
followed until December 31, 2005. We are required to adopt
SFAS No. 123R beginning with the first quarter of
2006. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123R, we are required
to select an adoption method and a valuation method that
requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including
the expected volatility of our stock price and an expected
option term. The first adoption method is a modified prospective
transition method whereby a company would recognize share-based
employee costs from the beginning of the fiscal period in which
the recognition provisions are first applied as if the fair
value accounting method had been used to account for all
employee awards granted, modified, or settled after the
effective date and to any awards that were not fully vested as
of the effective date. Measurement and attribution of
compensation cost for awards that are unvested as of the
effective date of SFAS No. 123R would be based on the
same estimate of the grant-date fair value and the same
attribution method used previously under SFAS No. 123.
The second adoption method is a modified retrospective
transition method whereby a company would recognize employee
compensation cost for periods presented prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123R in accordance with the original
provisions of SFAS 123; that is, an entity would recognize
employee compensation costs in the amounts reported in the pro
forma disclosures provided in accordance with
SFAS No. 123. A company would not be permitted to make
any changes to those amounts upon adoption of
SFAS No. 123R unless those changes represent a
correction of an error. For periods after the date of adoption
of SFAS No. 123R, the modified
53
prospective transition method described above would be applied.
We continue to review our alternatives for adoption under this
new pronouncement. We believe that the expensing of stock-based
compensation will have an impact on our statement of operations
similar to the pro forma disclosure under
SFAS No. 123. See Note 2 Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies Stock-Based
Compensation.
Accounting
for income taxes
We must make significant management judgments when determining
our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net
deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2005, we have
established a valuation allowance of $155.8 million against
all of our net deferred tax asset balance, due to uncertainties
related to our deferred tax assets as a result of our history of
operating losses. The valuation allowance is based on our
estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate
and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be
recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these
estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may
need to change the valuation allowance, which could materially
impact our financial position and results of operations.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
Revenues
No revenues were recorded for the years ended December 31,
2005 or 2004. We do not anticipate sales of any product prior to
regulatory approval and commercialization of our Technosphere
Insulin System.
Research
and Development Expenses
The following table provides a comparison of the research and
development expense categories for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Clinical
|
|
$
|
49,483
|
|
|
$
|
23,477
|
|
|
$
|
26,006
|
|
|
|
111
|
%
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
25,401
|
|
|
|
19,714
|
|
|
|
5,687
|
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
Research
|
|
|
22,449
|
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
5,140
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Research and development tax credit
|
|
|
(1,666
|
)
|
|
|
(4,030
|
)
|
|
|
2,364
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)%
|
Stock-based compensation expense
(benefit)
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
2,936
|
|
|
|
(3,256
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
95,347
|
|
|
$
|
59,406
|
|
|
$
|
35,941
|
|
|
|
61
|
%
|
The increase in research and development expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2005, as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2004 was primarily due to ongoing expenses
related to the clinical development of our Technosphere Insulin
System. The expansion of our phase 3 clinical trial program
for our Technosphere Insulin System and the continuation of
other preclinical studies significantly increased our clinical
research expenditures in 2005. This also resulted in increased
Technosphere Insulin manufacturing costs to supply clinical
trial materials. We continue to expand our qualification and
validation of our manufacturing system. Additionally, research
activities related to toxicology studies for our Technosphere
Insulin System, expanding our proprietary Technosphere platform
technology, developing additional applications for the pulmonary
delivery of other drugs and the discovery and development of
programs primarily focused on cancer therapies resulted in
increased research expenditures. We anticipate that our research
and development expenses associated with our Technosphere
Insulin System, expanding our Technosphere platform technology
and the pursuit of cancer therapies will increase significantly
in 2006. Specifically, we anticipate increased expenses related
to the continuation of existing and initiation of new clinical
trials, and the resulting manufacturing costs associated with
producing clinical trial materials.
The research and development tax credit recognized for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 partially offsets our
research and development expenses. The State of Connecticut
provides an opportunity to exchange
54
certain research and development income tax credit carryforwards
for cash in exchange for forgoing the carryforward of the
research and development credits. Estimated amounts receivable
under the program are recorded as a reduction of research and
development expenses. During the years ended December 31,
2004 and 2005, research and development expenses were offset by
$4.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in
connection with the program. The three months ended
September 30, 2004 was the first period in which we were
able to recognize the benefit of these credits for financial
reporting purposes and accordingly the $4.0 million
recognized in the year ended December 31, 2004 included
amounts attributable to 2004 and prior years.
The decrease in stock-based compensation expense for the year
ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2004 primarily resulted from the effect of the
decrease of our stock price from December 31, 2004 to
December 31, 2005. A significant portion of the
compensation expense is tied to the stock options that were
repriced in November 2003 as the compensation cost for all
repriced options was measured on a quarterly basis until the
options expired or were exercised or canceled. With the adoption
of SFAS No. 123R, we expect stock-based compensation to
increase significantly in the future. See
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Stock-Based Compensation.
General
and Administrative Expenses
The following table provides a comparison of the general and
administrative expense categories for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Salaries, employee related and
other general expenses
|
|
$
|
24,183
|
|
|
$
|
13,869
|
|
|
$
|
10,314
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
Stock-based compensation expense
(benefit)
|
|
|
(1,408
|
)
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
(5,282
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
22,775
|
|
|
$
|
17,743
|
|
|
$
|
5,032
|
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2005 increased as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2004. Increased administrative services
resulted in increased headcount, compensation adjustments and
other employee related expenses. Additionally, litigation,
public company compliance (including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and
our establishment of a marketing function in 2005 increased both
professional fees and consulting expenses. Offsetting increases
to general and administrative expenses for these periods was a
decrease in stock-based compensation expense resulting from the
effect of the fluctuation of our stock price on the valuation of
stock options that were repriced in November 2003. We expect
general and administrative expenses other than non-cash
stock-based compensation expense to increase slightly in the
future as a result of increased headcount, public company
compliance and establishment of investor relations and marketing
programs. We expect overall general and administrative expenses
to increase significantly as a result of the adoption of
SFAS 123R. See Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies Stock-Based
Compensation in the footnotes to our financial statements.
Deemed
Dividend
Deemed dividend for 2004 represents the beneficial conversion
charge to common stockholders related to the downward adjustment
of the Series B and C preferred stock conversion price. All
outstanding preferred stock automatically converted into common
stock at the close of the initial public offering in the third
quarter of 2004, and no further deemed dividend has been or will
be recognized.
55
Years
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
Revenues
No revenues were recorded for the years ended December 31,
2004 or 2003.
Research
and Development Expenses
The following table provides a comparison of the research and
development expense categories for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Clinical
|
|
$
|
23,477
|
|
|
$
|
12,187
|
|
|
$
|
11,290
|
|
|
|
93
|
%
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
19,714
|
|
|
|
12,246
|
|
|
|
7,468
|
|
|
|
61
|
%
|
Research
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
20,219
|
|
|
|
(2,910
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
Research and development tax credit
|
|
|
(4,030
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,030
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
2,936
|
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
|
1,975
|
|
|
|
206
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
59,406
|
|
|
$
|
45,613
|
|
|
$
|
13,793
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Research and development expenses increased for the year ended
December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2003 primarily due to ongoing expenditures in
2004 related to our Technosphere Insulin System. Continuation of
preclinical and clinical studies in 2004 increased research
expenditures, which also resulted in increased manufacturing
costs to supply clinical trial materials and to continue the
validation of our manufacturing system. The overall increase in
research and development costs for 2004 were offset by decreased
costs resulting from the termination of AlleCure product
development programs and the redesign of CTL product development
programs initiated in the first quarter of 2003. Further
offsetting the total increase in research and development
expenses is an estimated $4.0 million benefit recognized
pursuant to a program under which we can exchange qualified
research and development income tax credits for cash in the
State of Connecticut.
The increase in stock-based compensation expense for the year
ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2003 primarily resulted from the effect of the
increase of our stock price from December 31, 2003 to
December 31, 2004. A significant portion of the
compensation expense is tied to the stock options that were
repriced in November 2003 as the compensation cost for all
options repriced is measured on a quarterly basis until the
options expire or are exercised or canceled.
General
and administrative expenses
The following table provides a comparison of the general and
administrative expense categories for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Salaries, employee related and
other general expenses
|
|
$
|
13,869
|
|
|
$
|
17,159
|
|
|
$
|
(3,290
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)%
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,540
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
17,743
|
|
|
$
|
20,699
|
|
|
$
|
(2,956
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
General and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2004 decreased compared to the year ended
December 31, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to
transition and severance expenses resulting from the
consolidation in 2003 of our California operations into our
Valencia, California facility and reduction of our California
workforce, offset by an increase in 2004 in non-cash stock-based
compensation expense.
56
Deemed
dividends
Deemed dividends of $19.8 million and $1.0 million for
the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively,
represent the beneficial conversion charge to common
stockholders related to the downward adjustment of the
Series B and C preferred stock conversion price.
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have funded our operations primarily through the sale of
equity securities. On August 5, 2005, we closed a
$175.0 million private placement of shares of common stock
and the concurrent issuance of warrants for the purchase of
additional shares of common stock to accredited investors
including our principal stockholder who purchased approximately
$87.3 million. We sold 17,132,000 shares of our common
stock in the private placement, together with warrants to
purchase up to 3,426,000 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $12.228 per share. In connection with
this private placement, we paid $4.5 million in commissions
to our placements agents and incurred $0.3 million in other
offering expenses which resulted in net proceeds of
approximately $170.2 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2005, we used
$101.2 million of cash for our operations compared to using
$59.9 million for our operations in the year ended
December 31, 2004. We had a net loss of $114.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005, of which
$5.5 million consisted of non-cash charges such as
depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, losses
on sale and abandonment or disposal of property and equipment.
Deferred compensation of $1.4 million was repaid in May
2005 and $1.5 million was received in April 2005 related to
the Connecticut research and development tax credit exchange. We
expect our negative operating cash flow to continue at least
until we obtain regulatory approval and achieve
commercialization of our Technosphere Insulin System.
We used $94.4 million of cash for investing activities
during the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to using
$9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Cash used in investing activities was primarily from net
purchases of marketable securities of $77.9 million and
$17.2 million used to purchase machinery and equipment to
expand our manufacturing operations and quality systems in
support of our expansion of clinical trials for Technosphere
Insulin System. We expect to make significant purchases of
equipment in the foreseeable future.
Our financing activities provided cash of $172.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to
$101.5 million for 2004. Cash from financing activities in
2005 was primarily from the private placement in August 2005 and
the exercise of stock options. For 2004, cash from financing
activities was primarily from the receipt of $83.2 million
in net proceeds from our initial public offering in the third
quarter of 2004 and $18.2 million from the collection of
stock subscriptions for 355,943 shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock in the first quarter of 2004.
As of December 31, 2005, we had $145.6 million in
cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Although we
believe our existing cash resources will be sufficient to fund
our anticipated cash requirements into the third quarter of
2006, we will require significant additional financing in the
future to fund our operations. If adequate funds are not
available, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate
expenditures for certain of our programs, including our
Technosphere Insulin System development activities. Because the
majority of our anticipated expenses in the near term can be
reduced or eliminated in a relatively short period, we believe
that if we are unable to obtain additional capital we can
continue activities, on a reduced basis, through the first
quarter of 2007. Additionally, our principal stockholder has
given assurances that he will provide additional funding for our
operations, if necessary through the first quarter of 2007.
We intend to use our capital resources to continue the
development of our Technosphere Insulin System and to develop
additional applications for our proprietary Technosphere
platform technology. In addition, portions of our capital
resources will be devoted to expanding our other product
development programs for the treatment of
solid-tumor
cancers. We anticipate that we will expend a portion of our
capital to scale up our manufacturing capabilities in our
Danbury facilities. We also intend to use our capital resources
for general corporate purposes, which may include in-licensing
or acquiring additional technologies.
If we enter into a strategic business collaboration with a
pharmaceutical or biotechnology company, we would expect, as
part of the transaction, to receive additional capital and
reimbursements for a portion of the costs associated with the
57
development, manufacture and commercialization of our
Technosphere Insulin System. In addition, we expect to pursue
the sale of equity
and/or debt
securities, or the establishment of other funding facilities.
Issuances of debt or additional equity could impact the rights
of our existing stockholders, dilute the ownership percentages
of our existing stockholders and may impose restrictions on our
operations. These restrictions could include limitations on
additional borrowing, specific restrictions on the use of our
assets as well as prohibitions on our ability to create liens,
pay dividends, redeem our stock or make investments. We also may
seek to raise additional capital by pursuing opportunities for
the licensing, sale or divestiture of certain intellectual
property and other assets, including our Technosphere technology
platform. There can be no assurance, however, that any strategic
collaboration, sale of securities or sale or license of assets
will be available to us on a timely basis or on acceptable
terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital,
we may be required to enter into agreements with third parties
to develop or commercialize products or technologies that we
otherwise would have sought to develop independently, and any
such agreements may not be on terms as commercially favorable to
us.
However, we cannot provide assurances that our plans will not
change or that changed circumstances will not result in the
depletion of our capital resources more rapidly than we
currently anticipate. If planned operating results are not
achieved or we are not successful in raising additional equity
financing or entering a business collaboration, we may be
required to reduce expenses through the delay, reduction or
curtailment of our projects, including our Technosphere Insulin
System development activities, or further reduction of costs for
facilities and administration.
Effects
of Inflation
Our assets are primarily monetary, consisting of cash and cash
equivalents. Because of their liquidity, these assets are not
directly affected by inflation. We also believe that we have
intangible assets in the value of our technology. In accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, we have not
capitalized the value of this intellectual property on our
consolidated balance sheet. Because we intend to retain and
continue to use our equipment, furniture and fixtures and
leasehold improvements, we believe that the incremental
inflation related to replacement costs of such items will not
materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation
affects our expenses, such as those for employee compensation
and contract services, which could increase our level of
expenses and the rate at which we use our cash resources.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2005, we did not have any off-balance
sheet arrangements.
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
Our contractual obligations consist of operating leases,
purchase obligations and capital lease commitments. Future
payments under our operating lease obligations, including
facility leases executed in March 2005 and November 2005, and
open purchase commitments consisted of the following at
December 31, 2005 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due in
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual
Obligations
|
|
One Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Open purchase order commitments(1)
|
|
$
|
42,750
|
|
|
$
|
44,731
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
87,481
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,364
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
43,673
|
|
|
$
|
46,185
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,919
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts included in open purchase order commitments are
subject to performance under the purchase order by the supplier
of the goods or services and do not become our obligation until
such performance is rendered. The amount shown is principally
for the purchase of materials for our clinical trials, the
acquisition of manufacturing equipment and commitments related
to our manufacturing plant expansion. |
58
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
For a description of our related party transactions see
Note 15 Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions in the notes to our financial
statements.
RECENT
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
(SFAS No. 154), which replaces APB Opinion
No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial
Statements An Amendment of APB Opinion
No. 28. SFAS No. 154 provides guidance on the
accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error
corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the
latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a
change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction
of an error. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting
changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2005. We believe that the adoption of
this statement will not have a material effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47,
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations
(FIN 47), which clarifies that the term
conditional asset retirement obligation as used in
SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations, refers to a legal obligation to perform an
asset retirement activity in which the timing and (or) method of
settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not
be within the control of the entity. FIN 47, which went
into effect in December 2005, governs the disclosures related to
future environmental liabilities and affected companies must
recognize future estimated cleanup costs on current financial
statements. We believe the estimated costs associated with
potential environmental liabilities are not material.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R which
requires companies to expense share-based payments to employees,
including stock options, based on the fair value of the award at
the grant date. SFAS No. 123R also eliminates the intrinsic
value method of accounting for stock options which we followed
until December 31, 2005. We are required to adopt SFAS
No. 123R beginning with the first quarter of 2006. Upon
adoption of SFAS No. 123R, we are required to select an
adoption method and a valuation method that requires the input
of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected
volatility of our stock price and an expected option term. The
first adoption method is a modified prospective transition
method whereby a company would recognize share-based employee
costs from the beginning of the fiscal period in which the
recognition provisions are first applied as if the fair value
accounting method had been used to account for all employee
awards granted, modified, or settled after the effective date
and to any awards that were not fully vested as of the effective
date. Measurement and attribution of compensation cost for
awards that are unvested as of the effective date of SFAS
No. 123R would be based on the same estimate of the
grant-date fair value and the same attribution method used
previously under SFAS No. 123. The second adoption method
is a modified retrospective transition method whereby a company
would recognize employee compensation cost for periods presented
prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R in accordance with
the original provisions of SFAS 123; that is, an entity
would recognize employee compensation costs in the amounts
reported in the pro forma disclosures provided in accordance
with SFAS No. 123. A company would not be permitted to make
any changes to those amounts upon adoption of SFAS No. 123R
unless those changes represent a correction of an error. For
periods after the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the
modified prospective transition method described above would be
applied. We continue to review our alternatives for adoption
under this new pronouncement. We believe that the expensing of
stock-based compensation will have an impact on our statement of
operations similar to the pro forma disclosure under SFAS
No. 123. See Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies Stock-Based
Compensation.
In March 2004, the FASB ratified the measurement and recognition
guidance and certain disclosure requirements for impaired
securities as described in EITF Issue
No. 03-1,
The Meaning of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. On
November 3, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) Nos.
FAS 115-1
and
FAS 124-1
which addresses the determination as to when an investment is
considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than
temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP
also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the
recognition of an
other-than-temporary
impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized
losses that have not been recognized as
other-than-temporary
impairments. The guidance in this FSP amends FASB Statements
No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
59
in Debt and Equity Securities, and No. 124,
Accounting for Certain Investments Held by
Not-for-Profit
Organizations and APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity
Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. The
FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2005. Our investment portfolio at
December 31, 2005 is comprised of highly liquid short-term
securities. Unrealized losses for these securities are not
material.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
We have not used derivative financial instruments. However, we
are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.
Our current policy is to maintain a highly liquid short-term
investment portfolio consisting mainly of U.S. money market
funds and government and investment-grade corporate debt. Our
cash is deposited in and invested through highly rated financial
institutions in North America. Our short-term investments are
subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market
interest rates increase. If market interest rates were to
increase immediately and uniformly by ten percent from levels at
December 31, 2005, we estimate that the fair value of our
investment portfolio would decline by an immaterial amount.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
The information required by this Item is included in
Items 15(a)(1) and (2) of Part IV of this report.
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Conclusion
Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within
the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange
Commissions rules and forms and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our
chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as
appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls
and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired
control objectives, and management is required to apply its
judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible
controls and procedures.
Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer
performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, of our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of
December 31, 2005. Based on that evaluation, our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the
reasonable assurance level.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f).
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our chief executive officer and chief
financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
based on the framework set forth in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework set
forth in Internal Control Integrated
Framework, our management concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2005. Our managements assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included
herein.
60
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MannKind
Corporation,
Valencia, California
We have audited managements assessment, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting, that MannKind Corporation and subsidiaries
(a development stage company) (the Company)
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
companys principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected
by the companys board of directors, management, and other
personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over
financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or
improper management override of controls, material misstatements
due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a
timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the
effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting
to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material
respects, based on the criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2005 of the Company and our report dated
March 15, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
financial statements.
/s/ DELOITTE &
TOUCHE LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 15, 2006
61
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information.
|
None.
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this report because we will file a definitive proxy statement
within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant
to Regulation 14A for our 2006 annual meeting of
stockholders, and the information included in the proxy
statement is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors
and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
|
(a) Executive Officers For
information regarding the identification and business experience
of our executive officers, see Executive Officers in
Part I, Item 1 of this report.
(b) Directors The information
required by this Item regarding the identification and business
experience of our directors is contained in the section entitled
Proposal 1 Election of
Directors in the proxy statement for the May 2006 annual
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Additional information required by this Item is incorporated by
reference to the section entitled Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the proxy
statement.
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy
that applies to our directors and employees (including our
principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal accounting officer and controller), and have posted
the text of the policy on our website (www.mannkindcorp.com) in
connection with Investor Relations materials. In
addition, we intend to promptly disclose (i) the nature of
any amendment to the policy that applies to our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar
functions and (ii) the nature of any waiver, including an
implicit waiver, from a provision of the policy that is granted
to one of these specified individuals, the name of such person
who is granted the waiver and the date of the waiver on our
website in the future.
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information under the caption Executive
Compensation in the proxy statement is incorporated herein
by reference.
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
The information under the captions Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Executive Compensation Securities
Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans in
the proxy statement is incorporated herein by this reference.
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions
|
The information under the caption Certain
Transactions in the proxy statement is incorporated herein
by reference. With the exception of the information specifically
incorporated by reference from the proxy statement in this
report, the proxy statement shall not be deemed to be filed as
part of this report. Without limiting the foregoing, the
information under the captions Report of the Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors, Report of the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and
Performance Measurement Comparison in the proxy
statement is not incorporated by reference in this report.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and Services
|
The information under the caption Principal Accounting
Fees and Services in the proxy statement is incorporated
herein by reference.
62
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) The following documents are filed as part of, or
incorporated by reference into, this report:
(1)(2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.
The following Financial Statements of MannKind Corporation,
Financial Statement Schedules and Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in a separate
section of this report beginning on
page F-2:
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Statements of Stockholders
Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
required information is not applicable or not present in amounts
sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the
information required is included in the consolidated financial
statements or the notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits. The exhibits listed under Item 15(c)
hereof are filed with, or incorporated by reference into, this
report. Each management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement is identified separately in Item 15(c) hereof.
(c) Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of,
or incorporated by reference into, this report:
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of
Document
|
|
|
3
|
.1(1)
|
|
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
|
|
3
|
.2(1)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws.
|
|
4
|
.1(1)
|
|
Form of common stock certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2(1)
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated October 15, 1998 by and among CTL ImmunoTherapies
Corp., Medical Research Group, LLC, McLean Watson Advisory Inc.
and Alfred E. Mann, as amended.
|
|
10
|
.1(2)
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated August 2, 2005 by and among MannKind and the
purchasers listed on Exhibit A thereto.
|
|
10
|
.2(3)
|
|
Supply Agreement, dated
December 31, 2004, between MannKind and Vaupell, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.3(1)
|
|
Supply Agreement, dated
January 1, 2000, between Diosynth B.V. and Pharmaceutical
Discovery Corporation.
|
|
10
|
.4*(1)
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
entered into between MannKind and each of its directors and
officers.
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
Description of Officers
Incentive Program.
|
|
10
|
.6*(4)
|
|
Description of 2006 executive
officer salaries.
|
|
10
|
.7*(4)
|
|
Description of 2006 non-employee
director compensation.
|
|
10
|
.8*(1)
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement,
dated August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Wendell Cheatham.
|
|
10
|
.9*(1)
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement,
dated August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Hakan Edstrom.
|
|
10
|
.10*(1)
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement,
dated August 1, 2003, between MannKind and David Thomson.
|
|
10
|
.11*(1)
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement,
dated August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Dick Anderson.
|
|
10
|
.12*(1)
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement,
dated August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Dan Burns.
|
|
10
|
.13*(1)
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Wendell Cheatham.
|
|
10
|
.14*(1)
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Hakan Edstrom.
|
|
10
|
.15*(1)
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
August 1, 2003, between MannKind and David Thomson.
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of
Document
|
|
|
10
|
.16*(1)
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Dick Anderson.
|
|
10
|
.17*(1)
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
August 1, 2003, between MannKind and Dan Burns.
|
|
10
|
.18*(1)
|
|
2004 Equity Incentive Plan and
form of stock option agreement thereunder.
|
|
10
|
.19*(5)
|
|
Form of Phantom Stock Award
Agreement under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.20*
|
|
2004 Non-Employee Directors
Stock Option Plan and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
|
|
10
|
.21*(1)
|
|
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and form of offering document thereunder.
|
|
10
|
.22*(1)
|
|
Pharmaceutical Discovery
Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.
|
|
10
|
.23*(1)
|
|
Pharmaceutical Discovery
Corporation 1999 Stock Plan and form of stock option plan
thereunder.
|
|
10
|
.24*(1)
|
|
AlleCure Corp. 2000 Stock Option
and Stock Plan.
|
|
10
|
.25*(1)
|
|
CTL Immunotherapies Corp. 2000
Stock Option and Stock Plan.
|
|
10
|
.26*(1)
|
|
2001 Stock Awards Plan.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of the Chief
Executive Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)
and
15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of the Chief
Financial Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)
and
15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
|
|
32
|
|
|
Certifications of the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(b)
and
15d-14(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and
Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the
United States Code (18 U.S.C. § 1350)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
|
|
|
Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain
portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed
separately with the SEC. |
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to MannKinds registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-115020),
filed with the SEC on April 30, 2004, as amended. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to MannKinds current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on August 5, 2005. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to MannKinds current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on February 23, 2005. |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to MannKinds current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on February 22, 2006. |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference to MannKinds current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 14, 2005. |
64
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
Mannkind Corporation
Alfred E. Mann
Chief Executive Officer
Dated: March 15, 2006
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Hakan S. Edstrom, Richard
L. Anderson and David Thomson, and each of them, as his or her
true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Report, and any other documents in connection therewith, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to
be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, or any of them or their or his substitute or
substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ Alfred E. Mann
Alfred
E. Mann
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Hakan S. Edstrom
Hakan
S. Edstrom
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer
and Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard L.
Anderson
Richard
L. Anderson
|
|
Corporate Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kathleen
Connell, Ph.D.
Kathleen
Connell, Ph.D.
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ronald J.
Consiglio
Ronald
J. Consiglio
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
Friedman, M.D.
Michael
Friedman, M.D.
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Llew Keltner
M.D., Ph.D.
Llew
Keltner M.D., Ph.D.
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kent
Kresa
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
David
H. MacCallum
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Henry L.
Nordhoff
Henry
L. Nordhoff
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2006
|
66
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MannKind
Corporation
Valencia, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
MannKind Corporation and subsidiaries (a development stage
company) (the Company) as of December 31, 2004
and 2005 and the related statements of operations,
stockholders equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and
for the period from February 14, 1991 (date of inception)
to December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of MannKind
Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2005
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2005 and for the period from February 14, 1991 (date of
inception) to December 31, 2005 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the
criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
and our report dated March 15, 2006 expressed an
unqualified opinion on managements assessment of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 15, 2006
F-2
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
78,987
|
|
|
$
|
56,037
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
11,546
|
|
|
|
89,597
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
|
|
State research and development
credit exchange receivable current
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
3,265
|
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
95,881
|
|
|
|
149,872
|
|
Property and
equipment net
|
|
|
66,511
|
|
|
|
76,183
|
|
State research and development
credit exchange receivable net of current
portion
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
163,483
|
|
|
$
|
228,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and
Stockholders Equity
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,039
|
|
|
$
|
3,547
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
8,632
|
|
|
|
17,818
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
1,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,044
|
|
|
|
21,365
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
13,120
|
|
|
|
21,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock,
$0.01 par value 10,000,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding at December 31,
2004 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par
value 90,000,000 shares authorized;
32,756,237 and 50,314,108 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
503
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
592,999
|
|
|
|
763,775
|
|
Deficit accumulated during the
development stage
|
|
|
(442,963
|
)
|
|
|
(557,301
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
150,363
|
|
|
|
206,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
163,483
|
|
|
$
|
228,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-3
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 14,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991 (Date of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception) to
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
45,613
|
|
|
|
59,406
|
|
|
|
95,347
|
|
|
|
298,400
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
20,699
|
|
|
|
17,743
|
|
|
|
22,775
|
|
|
|
97,975
|
|
In-process research and
development costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,726
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
66,312
|
|
|
|
77,149
|
|
|
|
118,122
|
|
|
|
567,529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(66,312
|
)
|
|
|
(77,149
|
)
|
|
|
(118,122
|
)
|
|
|
(564,671
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
(1,892
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
3,707
|
|
|
|
9,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
(65,878
|
)
|
|
|
(75,991
|
)
|
|
|
(114,337
|
)
|
|
|
(557,285
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
|
(557,301
|
)
|
Deemed dividend related to
beneficial conversion feature of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(1,017
|
)
|
|
|
(19,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,260
|
)
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred
stock
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(67,149
|
)
|
|
$
|
(95,874
|
)
|
|
$
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(580,513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share applicable to
common stockholders basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(3.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.80
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute basic and
diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders
|
|
|
18,488
|
|
|
|
25,221
|
|
|
|
39,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-4
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
During the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Issuable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Officers
|
|
|
Stage
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 14, 1991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
890
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
900
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(911
|
)
|
|
|
(911
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 29, 1992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(911
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
and services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
888
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,086
|
)
|
|
|
(278
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
Issuance of stock for notes
receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2,723
|
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,242
|
)
|
|
|
(908
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
and services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,805
|
|
Collection of stock subscription
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,004
|
)
|
|
|
(2,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
4,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,246
|
)
|
|
|
(707
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,815
|
)
|
|
|
(2,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
4,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,061
|
)
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
and services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,570
|
)
|
|
|
(2,570
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,131
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,631
|
)
|
|
|
(5,481
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
and services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
Conversion of notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,280
|
)
|
|
|
(2,280
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,718
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
5,526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,911
|
)
|
|
|
(7,368
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
and services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
12,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,726
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Conversion of notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,331
|
)
|
|
|
(3,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,254
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
19,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,242
|
)
|
|
|
3,404
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
534
|
|
Conversion of notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,496
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
21,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,921
|
)
|
|
|
(746
|
)
|
Conversion of notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
Issuance of Series B preferred
stock for cash
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash,
services and notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,690
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
33,945
|
|
|
|
(2,358
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,633
|
|
Discount on notes below market rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
Purchase of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(993
|
)
|
Amount in excess of redemption
obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
999
|
|
F-5
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(DEFICIT) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
During the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Issuable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Officers
|
|
|
Stage
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion to redemption value on
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(149
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(149
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,609
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,661
|
)
|
|
|
(24,661
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2000
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
65,613
|
|
|
|
(2,234
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46,582
|
)
|
|
|
31,890
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,052
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
78,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,030
|
|
Cash received for common stock to
be issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,900
|
|
Issuance of common stock for
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
Payments on notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Accretion to redemption value on
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,565
|
|
Issuance of put option by
stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,949
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,949
|
)
|
Record merger of entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,154
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48,245
|
)
|
|
|
(48,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2001
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,305
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
317,117
|
|
|
|
(2,395
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(94,827
|
)
|
|
|
235,018
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,922
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
58,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,815
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
already received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock award to employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
Cash received for common stock
issuable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(229
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(229
|
)
|
Payments on notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,314
|
|
Beneficial conversion feature of
Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,421
|
|
Deemed dividend related to
beneficial conversion feature of Series B convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,421
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,421
|
)
|
Accretion to redemption value on
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
Put option redemption by stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(206,265
|
)
|
|
|
(206,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2002
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
378,010
|
|
|
|
(1,310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301,092
|
)
|
|
|
90,773
|
|
Issuance of Series C
convertible preferred stock subscriptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
(50,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash collected on Series C
convertible preferred stock subscriptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,847
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,494
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
49,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Non-cash compensation expense of
officer resulting from stockholder contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Issuance of common stock for cash
already received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable by stockholder
issued to officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
Beneficial conversion feature of
Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
Deemed dividend related to
beneficial conversion feature of Series B convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,017
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,017
|
)
|
Accretion to redemption value on
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
F-6
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(DEFICIT) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
During the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Issuable
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Officers
|
|
|
Stage
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,501
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,501
|
|
Put shares sold to majority
stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2003
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
(18,153
|
)
|
|
|
19,975
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
433,141
|
|
|
|
(1,412
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(366,971
|
)
|
|
|
111,577
|
|
Issuance of Series C
convertible preferred stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
18,153
|
|
|
|
(18,153
|
)
|
|
|
18,153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,153
|
|
Issuance of Series C
convertible preferred stock for cash already received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
31,847
|
|
|
|
(31,847
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Repayment of notes receivable by
stockholder issued to officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Repayment of stock note receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,518
|
)
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Series A
convertible preferred stock to common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,248
|
|
Conversion of Series B
convertible preferred stock to common stock
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
(15,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
14,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Series C
convertible preferred stock to common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(980
|
)
|
|
|
(50,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,464
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
49,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares in
exchange for warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares under
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
Net proceeds from initial public
offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,557
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
83,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,176
|
|
Beneficial conversion feature of
Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,822
|
|
Deemed dividends related to
beneficial conversion feature of Series B and Series C
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,822
|
)
|
Accretion to redemption value on
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,810
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,756
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
592,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(442,963
|
)
|
|
|
150,363
|
|
Issuance of common shares in
exchange for warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
Issuance of common shares under
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
Issuance of stock awards to
consultants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
Issuance of stock and warrants for
cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,132
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
170,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,234
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,828
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,828
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
50,314
|
|
|
$
|
503
|
|
|
$
|
763,775
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(557,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
206,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 14,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991 (Date of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception) to
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
$
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(114,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(557,301
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,657
|
|
|
|
7,179
|
|
|
|
7,391
|
|
|
|
30,637
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
(benefit)
|
|
|
4,501
|
|
|
|
6,810
|
|
|
|
(1,728
|
)
|
|
|
22,518
|
|
Loss on sale and
abandonment/disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Accrued interest on investments,
net of amortization of premiums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,726
|
|
Discount on stockholder notes
below market rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
Non-cash compensation expense of
officer resulting from stockholder contribution
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Accrued interest expense on notes
payable to stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Accrued interest on notes
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(747
|
)
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,428
|
|
Loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State research and development
credit exchange receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,530
|
)
|
|
|
(695
|
)
|
|
|
(3,225
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(1,406
|
)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
(3,044
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
|
|
(285
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(1,172
|
)
|
|
|
1,486
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
3,547
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
4,244
|
|
|
|
9,185
|
|
|
|
17,818
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Payment of deferred compensation
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
(1,373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
(52,212
|
)
|
|
|
(59,887
|
)
|
|
|
(101,229
|
)
|
|
|
(313,599
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
(51,960
|
)
|
|
|
(16,353
|
)
|
|
|
(258,150
|
)
|
|
|
(402,718
|
)
|
Sales of marketable securities
|
|
|
59,294
|
|
|
|
13,648
|
|
|
|
180,245
|
|
|
|
313,040
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,183
|
)
|
|
|
(6,895
|
)
|
|
|
(17,169
|
)
|
|
|
(110,369
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and
equipment
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(559
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
(9,624
|
)
|
|
|
(94,401
|
)
|
|
|
(199,865
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 14,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991 (Date of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception) to
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock and
warrants for cash
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
84,731
|
|
|
|
172,680
|
|
|
|
493,251
|
|
Collection of Series C
convertible preferred stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
31,847
|
|
|
|
18,153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Issuance of Series B
convertible preferred stock for cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Cash received for common stock to
be issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,900
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(1,028
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,028
|
)
|
Put shares sold to majority
stockholder
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
Borrowings under lines of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,220
|
|
Proceeds from notes receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
Principal payments on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
Payable to stockholder
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
(1,406
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
82,848
|
|
|
|
101,478
|
|
|
|
172,680
|
|
|
|
569,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
$
|
32,303
|
|
|
$
|
31,967
|
|
|
$
|
(22,950
|
)
|
|
$
|
56,037
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
BEGINNING OF PERIOD
|
|
|
14,717
|
|
|
|
47,020
|
|
|
|
78,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF
PERIOD
|
|
$
|
47,020
|
|
|
$
|
78,987
|
|
|
$
|
56,037
|
|
|
$
|
56,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS
DISCLOSURES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Interest paid in cash
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Accretion on redeemable
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(952
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock upon
conversion of notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,331
|
|
Increase in additional paid-in
capital resulting from merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,154
|
|
Issuance of common stock for notes
receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,758
|
|
Issuance of put option by
stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,949
|
)
|
Put option redemption by
stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
Notes receivable by stockholder
issued to officers
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C
convertible preferred stock subscriptions
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Issuance of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,296
|
|
Conversion of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,248
|
)
|
In connection with the Companys initial public offering,
all shares of Series B and Series C convertible
preferred stock, in the amount of $15.0 million and
$50.0 million, respectively, automatically converted into
common stock in August 2004.
See notes to financial statements.
F-9
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business and Basis of Presentation
|
Business MannKind Corporation
(the Company) is a biopharmaceutical company focused
on the development and commercialization of therapeutic products
for diseases such as diabetes and cancer. The Companys
lead investigational product candidate, the Technosphere Insulin
System, is currently in phase 3 clinical trials in the U.S.
and Europe to study its safety and efficacy in the treatment of
diabetes. The Technosphere Insulin System consists of the
Companys proprietary dry-powder Technosphere formulation
of insulin that is inhaled deep into the lung using the
Companys MedTone inhaler.
Basis of Presentation The Company
is considered to be in the development stage as its primary
activities since incorporation have been establishing its
facilities, recruiting personnel, conducting research and
development, business development, business and financial
planning, and raising capital. Since its inception through
December 31, 2005 the Company has reported accumulated net
losses of $557.3 million, which include a goodwill
impairment charge of $151.4 million (see Note 2), and
negative cash flow from operations of $313.6 million. It is
costly to develop therapeutic products and conduct clinical
trials for these products. Based upon the Companys current
expectations, management believes the Companys existing
capital resources will enable it to continue planned operations
into the third quarter of 2006. However, the Company cannot
provide assurances that its plans will not change or that
changed circumstances will not result in the depletion of its
capital resources more rapidly than it currently anticipates.
Accordingly, the Company expects that it will need to raise
additional capital, either through the sale of equity and/or
debt securities, a strategic business collaboration with a
pharmaceutical company or the establishment of other funding
facilities, in order to continue the development and
commercialization of its Technosphere Insulin System and other
product candidates and to support its other ongoing activities.
If planned operating results are not achieved or the Company is
not successful in raising additional capital, management
believes that planned expenditures could be reduced or
eliminated in a relatively short period to continue activities,
on a reduced basis, through the first quarter of 2007.
Additionally, the Companys principal stockholder has given
assurances that he will provide additional funding for the
Companys operations, if necessary, through the first
quarter of 2007.
On December 12, 2001, the stockholders of AlleCure Corp.
(AlleCure) and CTL ImmunoTherapies Corp.
(CTL) voted to exchange their shares for shares of
Pharmaceutical Discovery Corporation (PDC). Upon
approval of the merger, PDC then changed its name to MannKind
Corporation. PDC was incorporated in the State of Delaware on
February 14, 1991. The stockholders of PDC did not vote on
the merger. At the date of the merger, Mr. Alfred Mann
owned 76% of PDC, 59% of AlleCure and 69% of CTL. Accordingly,
only the minority interest of AlleCure and CTL was stepped up to
fair value using the purchase method of accounting. As a result
of this purchase accounting, in-process research and development
of $19,726,000 and goodwill of $151,428,000 were recorded at the
entity level. The historical basis of PDC and the historical
basis relating to the ownership interests of Mr. Mann in
AlleCure and CTL have been reflected in the financial
statements. For periods prior to December 12, 2001, the
results of operations have been presented on a combined basis.
All references in the accompanying financial statements and
notes to the financial statements to number of shares, sales
price and per share amounts of the Companys capital stock
have been retroactively restated to reflect the share exchange
ratios for each of the entities that participated in the merger.
For periods subsequent to December 12, 2001, the
accompanying financial statements have been presented on a
consolidated basis and include the wholly-owned subsidiaries,
AlleCure and CTL. On December 31, 2002, AlleCure and CTL
merged with and into MannKind and ceased to be separate entities.
Reclassifications Certain
reclassifications have been made to the prior years
financial statements to conform to the 2005 presentation.
Reverse Stock Split On
May 27, 2004, the Companys board of directors
approved a
one-for-three
reverse stock split, which was effected on July 22, 2004.
All common share and per common share amounts in the
consolidated financial statements and notes to financial
statements have been adjusted for all periods that are presented
prior to
F-10
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
July 22, 2004 to give effect to the reverse stock split,
including reclassifying an amount equal to the reduction in par
value to additional paid-in capital.
Segment Information In accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 131, Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information, operating segments
are identified as components of an enterprise about which
separate discrete financial information is available for
evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making
decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing
performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and
manages its business as one segment operating entirely in the
United States of America.
Initial Public Offering On
August 2, 2004, the Company completed an initial public
offering of its common stock at a price to the public of
$14.00 per share. The Company sold 6,250,000 shares of
common stock in the offering and 307,100 shares upon the
exercise of the underwriters option to cover
over-allotments resulting in aggregate net proceeds of
$83.2 million. In connection with the initial public
offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Companys
preferred stock were converted into shares of its common stock.
Accordingly, the automatic conversion of preferred stock on
August 2, 2004 into common stock is reflected in the
accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.
Private Placement On
August 5, 2005, the Company completed a $175.0 million
private placement of common stock and the concurrent issuance of
warrants for the purchase of additional shares of common stock
to accredited investors including the Companys principal
stockholder who purchased $87.3 million of the private
placement. The Company sold 17,132,000 shares of common
stock in the private placement, together with warrants to
purchase up to 3,426,000 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $12.228 per share. In connection with
this private placement, the Company paid $4.5 million in
commissions to the placement agents and incurred $300,000 in
other offering expenses which resulted in net proceeds of
approximately $170.2 million.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Financial Statement Estimates The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents The
Company considers all highly liquid investments with a purchased
maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit
Risk Financial instruments that
potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk
consist of cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.
Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing
accounts and are regularly monitored by management and held in
high credit quality institutions. Marketable securities consist
of highly liquid short-term investment securities such as
government and investment-grade corporate debt.
Marketable Securities The Company
accounts for marketable securities as available for sale, in
accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for
Certain Debt and Equity Securities. Unrealized holding gains
and losses for
available-for-sale
securities are reported as a separate component of
stockholders equity until realized. The Company reviews
the portfolio for other than temporary impairment in accordance
with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 03-01,
The Meaning of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments and
FASB Staff Position No. 115-1, The Meaning of
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain
Investments.
State Research and Development Credit Exchange
Receivable The State of Connecticut
provides certain companies with the opportunity to exchange
certain research and development income tax credit carryforwards
for
F-11
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
cash in exchange for foregoing the carryforward of the research
and development credits. The program provides for an exchange of
research and development income tax credits for cash equal to
65% of the value of corporation tax credit available for
exchange. Estimated amounts receivable under the program are
recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses.
Fair Value of Financial
Instruments The carrying amounts of
financial instruments, which include cash equivalents,
marketable securities, accounts payable, accrued expenses and
other current liabilities and payable to stockholder,
approximate their fair values due to their relatively short
maturities. The carrying amounts of the notes receivable from
stockholders reflect market rates of interest for similar loans
of similar amounts and terms available from a third party (see
Notes 7 and 8).
Goodwill and Identifiable
Intangibles As a result of the merger
with AlleCure and CTL on December 12, 2001, as described in
Note 1, goodwill of $151.4 million was recorded at the
entity level in 2001. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company adopted
a policy of testing goodwill and intangible assets with
indefinite lives for impairment at least annually, as of
December 31, with any related impairment losses being
recognized in earnings when identified. In December 2002 the
Company concluded that the major AlleCure product development
program should be terminated and that the clinical trials of the
CTL product should be halted and returned to the research stage.
As a result of this determination, the Company closed the CTL
facility and reduced headcount for AlleCure and CTL by
approximately 50%. In connection with the annual test for
impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2002, the Company
determined that on the basis of the internal study, the goodwill
recorded for the AlleCure and CTL units was potentially
impaired. The Company performed the second step of the annual
impairment test as of December 31, 2002 for each of the
potentially impaired reporting units and estimated the fair
value of the AlleCure and CTL programs using the expected
present value of future cash flows which were expected to be
negligible. Accordingly, the goodwill balance of
$151.4 million, was determined to be fully impaired and an
impairment loss was recorded in 2002. Subsequent to
December 31, 2002, the Company had no goodwill or
intangibles with indefinite lives included on its balance sheet.
Property and Equipment Property
and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
term of the lease or the service lives of the improvements,
whichever is shorter. Assets under construction are not
depreciated until placed into service.
Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets The Company evaluates long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may
not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long
Lived-Assets. Assets are considered to be impaired if the
carrying value may not be recoverable based upon
managements assessment of the following events or changes
in circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
significant changes in the Companys strategic business
objectives and utilization of the assets;
|
|
|
|
a determination that the carrying value of such assets can not
be recovered through undiscounted cash flows;
|
|
|
|
loss of legal ownership or title to the assets; or
|
|
|
|
the impact of significant negative industry or economic trends.
|
If the Company believes an asset to be impaired, the impairment
recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any write-downs
would be treated as permanent reductions in the carrying amount
of the asset and an operating loss would be recognized. For the
years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company did not
consider any long-lived assets to be impaired based on
managements assessment.
F-12
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accounts Payable and Accrued
Expenses All liabilities, including
accounts payable and accrued expenses, are recorded consistent
with the definition of liabilities and accrual accounting as
provided by Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts
No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements.
Income Taxes In accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes,
deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income
tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is
recorded to reduce net deferred income tax assets to amounts
that are more likely than not to be realized.
Significant management judgment is involved in determining the
provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities
and any valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax
assets. Due to uncertainties related to deferred tax assets as a
result of the history of operating losses, a valuation allowance
has been established against the gross deferred tax asset
balance. The valuation allowance is based on managements
estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which the Company
operates and the period over which deferred tax assets will be
recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these
estimates or the Company adjusts these estimates in future
periods, a change in the valuation allowance may be needed,
which could materially impact the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
Contingencies Contingencies are
recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting
for Contingencies.
Stock-Based Compensation At
December 31, 2005, the Company has four stock-based
compensation plans, which are described more fully in
Note 10. The Company accounts for employee stock options
and the employee stock purchase plan using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and its interpretations, and has
adopted the disclosure-only alternative of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. Stock options issued to consultants are
accounted for in accordance with the provisions of EITF Issue
No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling,
Goods or Services, and FASB Interpretation No. 28
(FIN 28), Accounting for Stock Appreciation
Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans.
Under SFAS No. 123, the Company estimates the fair
value of each stock option at the grant date or modification
date, if any, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model
with the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.90
|
%
|
|
|
3.40
|
%
|
|
|
4.05
|
%
|
Expected lives
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
|
|
4.8 years
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
86
|
%
|
F-13
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Had compensation cost been determined under the accounting
provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Companys net
loss would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated
below (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net loss as
reported
|
|
$
|
(65,879
|
)
|
|
$
|
(75,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(114,338
|
)
|
Add: Stock-based employee
compensation expense (benefit) included in reported net loss
|
|
|
4,224
|
|
|
|
5,694
|
|
|
|
(1,892
|
)
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under the fair value based
method for all awards
|
|
|
(6,586
|
)
|
|
|
(10,302
|
)
|
|
|
(13,452
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss pro forma
|
|
|
(68,241
|
)
|
|
|
(80,600
|
)
|
|
|
(129,682
|
)
|
Deemed dividends related to
beneficial conversion features of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(1,017
|
)
|
|
|
(19,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred
stock
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common
stockholders pro forma
|
|
$
|
(69,511
|
)
|
|
$
|
(100,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,682
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss applicable
to common stockholders per share, as reported
|
|
$
|
(3.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.80
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss applicable
to common stockholders per share, pro forma
|
|
$
|
(3.76
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.98
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants The Company has issued
warrants to purchase shares of its common stock. Warrants are
accounted for as equity in accordance with the provisions of
EITF Issue
No. 00-19:
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to,
and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock.
Research and Development
Expenses Research and development
expenses consist primarily of costs associated with the clinical
trials of the Companys product candidates, manufacturing
supplies and other development materials, compensation and other
expenses for research and development personnel, costs for
consultants and related contract research, facility costs, and
depreciation. Research and development costs, which are net of
any tax credit exchange recognized for the Connecticut state
research and development credit exchange program, are expensed
as incurred consistent with SFAS No. 2, Accounting
for Research and Development Costs.
Clinical Trial Expenses Clinical
trial expenses, which are reflected in research and development
expenses in the accompanying statements of operations, result
from obligations under contract with vendors, consultants, and
clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical
trials. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to
negotiations which vary from contract to contract and may result
in payment flows that do not match the periods over which
materials or services are provided to the Company under such
contracts. The appropriate level of trial expenses are reflected
in the Companys financial statements by matching period
expenses with period services and efforts expended. These
expenses are recorded according to the progress of the trial as
measured by patient progression and the timing of various
aspects of the trial. Clinical trial accrual estimates are
determined through discussions with internal clinical personnel
and outside service providers as to the progress or state of
completion of trials, or the services completed. Service
provider status is then compared to the contractually obligated
fee to be paid for such services. During the course of a
clinical trial, the Company may adjust the rate of clinical
expense recognized if actual results differ from
managements estimates. The date on which certain services
commence, the level of services performed on or before a given
date and the cost of the services are often judgmental.
Net Loss Per Share of Common
Stock Basic net loss per share excludes
dilution for potentially dilutive securities and is computed by
dividing loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted net loss per share reflects the potential dilution that
could
F-14
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock
were exercised or converted into common stock. Potentially
dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted
net loss per share for all of the periods presented in the
accompanying statements of operations because the reported net
loss in each of these periods results in their inclusion being
antidilutive.
Potentially dilutive securities outstanding are summarized as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock on an as converted to common stock
basis
|
|
|
890,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B convertible
preferred stock on an as converted to common stock basis
|
|
|
746,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C convertible
preferred stock on an as converted to common stock basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock warrants to purchase common
stock
|
|
|
174,917
|
|
|
|
131,628
|
|
|
|
3,438,776
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,901
|
|
Common stock options
|
|
|
2,099,824
|
|
|
|
4,067,979
|
|
|
|
4,985,831
|
|
Exit or Disposal
Activities SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, was effective for exit or disposal activities
initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS No. 146
addresses financial accounting and reporting for the costs
associated with exit or disposal activities and EITF Issue
No. 94-3,
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Costs to Exit and Disposal Activity (Including
Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).
SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs
associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when
the liability is incurred and establishes that fair value is the
objective for initial measurements of the liability.
Included in general and administrative expense for the year
ended December 31, 2003 are approximately $2.2 million
of costs related to the consolidation of the Companys
separate California facilities into the Companys Valencia
facility. The $2.2 million consists of $1.1 million
in severance costs, $438,000 in office closure costs and
$648,000 related to the abandonment of fixed assets. The
severance and office closure costs aggregating $1.5 million
were initially recorded as an accrued liability and included in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of
December 31, 2004, payments against this liability totaled
$1.5 million. The remaining liability of $65,000 was paid
in February 2005.
Also, as a result of the merger with AlleCure and CTL, the
Company recorded a write-off of long-lived assets of
approximately $2.2 million and $428,000, for the years
ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Recently Issued Accounting
Standards In May 2005, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error
Corrections, which replaces APB Opinion No. 20,
Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting
Accounting Changes in Interim Financial
Statements An Amendment of APB Opinion
No. 28. SFAS No. 154 provides guidance on the
accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error
corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the
latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a
change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction
of an error. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting
changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2005. The Company believes that the
adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on
its financial condition or results of operations.
In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47
(FIN 47), Accounting for Conditional Asset
Retirement Obligations, which clarifies that the term
conditional asset retirement obligation as used in
SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations, refers to a legal obligation to perform an
asset retirement activity in which the timing and (or) method of
settlement are conditional on a future event that may or
F-15
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47, which
went into effect in December 2005, governs the disclosures
related to future environmental liabilities and affected
companies must recognize future estimated cleanup costs on
current financial statements. The Company believes the estimated
costs associated with potential environmental liabilities are
not material.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R,
Share-based Payment: an Amendment of FASB Statements
No. 123 and 95. The statement requires companies to
expense share-based payments to employees, including stock
options, based on the fair value of the award at the grant date.
The statement also eliminates the intrinsic value method of
accounting for stock options permitted by APB No. 25, which
the Company followed until December 31, 2005. The Company
is required to adopt SFAS No. 123R for the quarter
that begins January 1, 2006. Upon adoption of
SFAS No. 123R, the Company is required to select an
adoption method and a valuation method that requires the input
of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected
volatility of its stock price and an expected option term. The
first adoption method is a modified prospective transition
method whereby a company would recognize share-based employee
costs from the beginning of the fiscal period in which the
recognition provisions are first applied as if the fair value
accounting method had been used to account for all employee
awards granted, modified, or settled after the effective date
and to any awards that were not fully vested as of the effective
date. Measurement and attribution of compensation cost for
awards that are unvested as of the effective date of
SFAS No. 123R would be based on the same estimate of
the grant-date fair value and the same attribution method used
previously under SFAS No. 123. The second adoption
method is a modified retrospective transition method whereby a
company would recognize employee compensation cost for periods
presented prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R in
accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123; that
is, an entity would recognize employee compensation costs in the
amounts reported in the pro forma disclosures provided in
accordance with SFAS No. 123. A company would not be
permitted to make any changes to those amounts upon adoption of
SFAS No. 123R unless those changes represent a
correction of an error. For periods after the date of adoption
of SFAS No. 123R, the modified prospective transition
method described above would be applied. The Company continues
to believe that the expensing of stock-based compensation will
have an impact on the Companys Statements of Operations
similar to the pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123.
In March 2004, the FASB ratified the measurement and recognition
guidance and certain disclosure requirements for impaired
securities as described in EITF Issue
No. 03-1,
The Meaning of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. On
November 3, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) Nos.
FAS 115-1
and
FAS 124-1
which addresses the determination as to when an investment is
considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than
temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP
also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the
recognition of an
other-than-temporary
impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized
losses that have not been recognized as
other-than-temporary
impairments. The guidance in this FSP amends
SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities, and
SFAS No. 124, Accounting for Certain Investments
Held by
Not-for-Profit
Organizations and APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity
Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. The
FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2005. The Companys investment portfolio
at December 31, 2005 is comprised of highly liquid
short-term securities. Unrealized losses for these securities
are not material.
F-16
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Investment
in securities
|
The following is a summary of the
available-for-sale
securities classified as current assets (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Cost Basis
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Cost Basis
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
US government securities
|
|
$
|
1,443
|
|
|
$
|
1,443
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Corporate debt instruments
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction rate preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction rate municipal bonds
|
|
|
7,750
|
|
|
|
7,750
|
|
|
|
89,597
|
|
|
|
89,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,546
|
|
|
$
|
11,546
|
|
|
$
|
89,597
|
|
|
$
|
89,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys policy is to maintain a highly liquid
short-term investment portfolio. The contractual maturities for
auction rate municipal bonds at December 31, 2005 are
between 19 and 40 years. Despite the long-term nature of
their stated contractual maturities, the Company has the ability
to quickly liquidate these securities. Proceeds from the sale
and maturities of
available-for-sale
securities amounted to approximately $59.3 million,
$13.6 million, and $180.2 million for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Gross
realized gains and losses for
available-for-sale
securities were insignificant for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. Gross realized gains and
losses for
available-for-sale
securities are recorded as other income (expense). The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Unrealized gains and losses for
available-for-sale
securities for all periods presented in the table above were not
material.
|
|
4.
|
State
research and development credit exchange receivable
|
The State of Connecticut provides certain companies with the
opportunity to exchange certain research and development income
tax credit carryforwards for cash in exchange for forgoing the
carryforward of the research and development income tax credits.
The program provides for an exchange of research and development
income tax credits for cash equal to 65% of the value of
corporation tax credit available for exchange. Estimated amounts
receivable under the program are recorded as a reduction of
research and development expenses. During the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2005, research and development
expenses were offset by $4.0 million and $1.7 million,
respectively, in connection with the program. The three months
ended September 30, 2004 was the first period in which the
Company was able to recognize the benefit of these credits for
financial reporting purposes and accordingly the
$4.0 million recognized in the year ended December 31,
2004 included amounts attributable to 2004 and prior years.
F-17
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
Property
and equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following (dollar amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
(years)
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,273
|
|
|
$
|
5,273
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
39-40
|
|
|
|
9,566
|
|
|
|
9,566
|
|
Building improvements
|
|
|
5-40
|
|
|
|
37,397
|
|
|
|
39,543
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-10
|
|
|
|
18,080
|
|
|
|
23,087
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and office
equipment
|
|
|
5-10
|
|
|
|
2,391
|
|
|
|
2,573
|
|
Computer equipment and software
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3,308
|
|
|
|
4,808
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,326
|
|
|
|
10,298
|
|
Deposits on equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,911
|
|
|
|
6,411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,879
|
|
|
|
101,564
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,368
|
)
|
|
|
(25,381
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and
equipment net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
66,511
|
|
|
$
|
76,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements are amortized over four years which is
the shorter of the term of the lease or the service lives of the
improvements. Depreciation and amortization expense for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the
cumulative period from February 14, 1991 (date of
inception) to December 31, 2005 was $7.7 million,
$7.2 million, $7.4 million and $30.6 million,
respectively.
|
|
6.
|
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are comprised of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Salary and related expenses
|
|
$
|
2,325
|
|
|
$
|
4,291
|
|
Research and clinical trial costs
|
|
|
4,116
|
|
|
|
8,589
|
|
Litigation settlement payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,400
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,191
|
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
|
|
$
|
8,632
|
|
|
$
|
17,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Notes
receivable from stockholders
|
During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company issued
an aggregate of 238,000 shares of common stock to an
executive of CTL and a consultant of CTL in exchange for full
recourse notes receivable of $1.2 million each, for an
aggregate amount of $2.4 million. The notes bore interest
at fixed rates and were payable in five years. The notes were
prepayable at the option of the debtor. The notes were
collateralized by the underlying common stock. The debtors had
no obligation to provide services to the Company under the terms
of the stock purchases. The notes bore fixed rates of interest
that were less than market rates of interest available for
similar loans of similar amounts and terms from a third party;
consequently, the Company recognized compensation expense equal
to the discount on the notes based on market rates of interest
and the terms of the notes. The total discount on the notes of
$241,000 was
F-18
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
expensed to general and administrative expense during the year
ended December 31, 2000 as the debtors had no further
obligation to the Company. During the year ended
December 31, 2002, the executive of CTL paid his
$1.2 million note in full along with $135,000 of accrued
interest. As of December 31, 2003, notes receivable
reflected in stockholders equity consisted of
$1.2 million in principal and $233,000 in accrued interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2004, the consultant of
CTL tendered to the Company 90,025 shares of the
Companys common stock held by the consultant to satisfy in
full his $1,179,000 note plus $340,000 of accrued interest.
The Company issued 110,000 shares of common stock to an
executive of AlleCure in exchange for notes receivable, in the
amounts of $1.2 million during the year ended
December 31, 2000 and $750,000 during the year ended
December 31, 2001. The notes bore interest at fixed rates
and were payable in five years. The notes were pre-payable at
the option of the debtor. The notes were collateralized by the
underlying common stock. The executive had no further obligation
to the Company under the terms of the stock purchase. During the
first quarter of 2003, the executive was terminated by the
Company (See
Note 12-Commitments
and Contingencies Severance Agreements). The
note-for-stock
transactions have been accounted for as in-substance stock
option grants to an employee. The in-substance stock option
grants had no intrinsic value as of the transaction dates. The
pre-payment feature of the notes resulted in the exercise price
of the in-substance stock option being unknown until the notes
were paid in full. Accordingly, the Company was required to
measure the intrinsic value of the in-substance stock options on
the balance sheet date of each financial reporting period.
During 2001, the Company recorded approximately $815,000 of
stock-based compensation expense, which was included in general
and administrative expense, relating to the in-substance stock
options. This amount was reversed in 2002 because the
in-substance stock options had no intrinsic value as of
December 31, 2002. There was no stock-based compensation
expense recorded for the in-substance options in 2003 because
they had no intrinsic value as of December 31, 2003. The
Company recorded approximately $17,000 of stock-based
compensation expense relating to the in-substance stock options
during the year ended December 31, 2004, which represented
the intrinsic value of the in-substance options at year end.
This amount was reversed in 2005 because the in-substance stock
options had no intrinsic value as of December 31, 2005. In
September and October 2005, the principal and interest totaling
$1.6 million on the notes issued in exchange for
approximately 78,000 of the 110,000 shares of common stock
issued became due and payable. The Company pursued collection
and, in January 2006, the debtor tendered 143,949 shares as
full repayment of the notes in default and the note issued in
exchange for 32,000 shares which would become due in April
2006. These shares were valued at $2.6 million on
January 31, 2006 and represented principal and interest due
through that date on all notes outstanding. The Company received
and cancelled 143,949 shares on January 31, 2006.
During the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001, the
Company issued an aggregate 701,333 shares of common stock
to various consultants in exchange for notes receivable
aggregating approximately $10.9 million. The notes bore
interest at fixed rates and were payable in five years. The
notes were pre-payable at the option of the debtors. The notes
were collateralized by the underlying common stock. The
consultants had no further obligation to the Company under the
terms of the stock purchases. The
note-for-stock
transactions have been accounted for as in-substance stock
option grants to non-employees. Since the in-substance stock
options were 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon issuance, a
measurement date was deemed to have occurred on the issuance
date. Accordingly, the Company recorded stock-based compensation
expense equal to the estimated fair value of the in-substance
options of $8.4 million in 2000 and $15,000 in 2001. These
amounts were estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation
model and the following weighted-average assumptions: volatility
of 100%, term of five years, interest rate of 5.06%. Notes
issued in exchange for 699,972 of the 701,333 shares
aggregating $10.9 million in principal became due on
October 19, 2005. The remaining note for $32,000 is due in
September 2006. A total of $14.6 million in principal and
interest became due and payable on October 19, 2005 and the
Company pursued collection. On November 21, 2005, the
consultants filed a complaint against the Company in the
California Superior Court, County of Los Angeles, Rollins
et al. v. MannKind et al, Case
No. BC343381. The complaint alleges causes of action for
breach of certain agreements. On January 19, 2006, the
parties mediated and settled the case. Under the settlement,
F-19
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the Company repurchased 620,697 shares from the consultants
in full satisfaction of the principal and interest on the notes
previously accounted for by the Company as in-substance stock
options. These shares were tendered and cancelled on
February 3, 2006. The Company also agreed to repurchase the
remaining 79,275 shares held by the consultants for
$1.4 million in cash. The settlement was reflected as a
$1.4 million charge to general and administrative expense
in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2005
with a corresponding amount payable included in accrued expenses
and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2005. On
February 21, 2006, the Company received and cancelled the
79,275 shares, and paid the purchase price of
$1.4 million to the consultants. The complaint was
dismissed in its entirety with prejudice.
Certain officers elected to defer part or all of their
compensation from 1991 through 1998 due to Companys cash
flow difficulties in those years. The amounts due for deferred
compensation were non-interest bearing with no repayment terms.
The remaining balance of $1.4 million at December 31,
2004 was paid in June 2005.
In February 2003, pursuant to a settlement agreement with one of
the officers, the Company agreed to pay the deferred
compensation amount outstanding to the former officer in the
amount of approximately $775,000 in three payments. The Company
paid approximately $220,000 and $271,000 of this amount during
the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
The remaining $284,000 was paid in April 2005. The settlement
also obligated the Company to make certain severance related
payments which are more fully described in
Note 12-Commitment
and Contingencies Severance Agreements.
|
|
9.
|
Common
and preferred stock
|
Initial Public Offering Upon
closing of the initial public offering of the Companys
common stock on August 2, 2004, 6,250,000 shares of
common stock were sold. The underwriters exercised a
30-day
option related to the initial public offering and purchased
307,100 shares of common stock on August 28, 2004.
Private Placement On
August 5, 2005, the Company closed a $175.0 million
private placement of common stock and the concurrent issuance of
warrants for the purchase of additional shares of common stock
to accredited investors including the Companys principal
stockholder who purchased $87.3 million of the private
placement. The Company sold 17,132,000 shares of common
stock in the private placement, together with warrants to
purchase up to 3,426,000 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $12.228 per share which became
exercisable on February 1, 2006 and expire on
August 5, 2010. In connection with this private placement,
the Company paid $4.5 million in commissions to the
placement agents and incurred $300,000 in other offering
expenses which resulted in net proceeds of approximately
$170.2 million.
Common Stock The Company is
authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock. As
of December 31, 2005, 50,314,108 shares of common
stock are issued and outstanding.
The Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Common stock options
|
|
|
4,067,979
|
|
|
|
4,985,831
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,901
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
131,628
|
|
|
|
3,438,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,199,607
|
|
|
|
8,589,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock The Company is
authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
As of December 31, 2005, no shares of preferred stock are
issued and outstanding.
F-20
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In connection with the initial public offering, all
267,212 shares of the Companys Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock, all 192,618 shares
of the Companys Series B convertible preferred stock
and all 980,392 shares of the Companys Series C
convertible preferred stock converted into 6,166,372 shares
of common stock on August 2, 2004. While none of the
convertible preferred stock were determined to contain
beneficial conversion features on their respective offering
commitment dates, pursuant to the terms of the Series B and
Series C preferred stock, their conversion prices were
adjusted downward through the date of their conversion resulting
in beneficial conversion charges to common stockholders in the
aggregate amount of $1.1 million during the year ended
December 31, 2003 and $19.8 million during the year
ended December 31, 2004. In addition, differences between
the redemption amounts of the Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock and the net proceeds received (i.e.,
the costs of financing) were accreted in the amount of $253,000
during the year ended December 31, 2003 and $60,000 during
the year ended December 31, 2004. These charges have been
reflected by the Company as both a reduction and increase in
additional paid-in capital during the respective periods.
Although the charges have no net effect on stockholders
equity, they increase the net loss applicable to the common
stockholders and net loss per share.
Registration rights As of
December 31, 2005 the holders of 916,715 shares of the
Companys common stock and the holders of warrants to
purchase 12,436 shares of the Companys common stock
have rights, subject to some conditions, to require the Company
to file registration statements covering their shares or to
include their shares in registration statements that the Company
may file for itself or other stockholders.
As of December 31, 2005, the holders of
17,132,000 shares of common stock together with warrants to
purchase up to 3,426,000 shares of common stock, all of
which were issued in the August 2005 private placement, have
rights that require the Company to keep the registration of the
shares of common stock purchased in the private placement or
underlying warrants continuously effective until at least August
2007.
During 2004, the Companys board of directors and
stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of the 2001
Stock Awards Plan, now known as the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
(the Plan). The Plan provides for the granting of
stock awards including stock options and restricted stock units,
to employees, directors and consultants.
The Companys board of directors determines eligibility,
vesting schedules and exercise prices for stock awards granted
under the Plan. Options and other stock awards under the Plan
expire not more than ten years from the date of the grant and
are exercisable upon vesting. Stock options generally vest over
four years. Current stock option grants vest and become
exercisable at the rate of 25% after one year and ratably on a
monthly basis over a period of 36 months thereafter.
Restricted stock units generally vest over four years with
consideration satisfied by service to the Company.
During 2005, the Companys board of directors granted
1,634,679 options at a weighted average exercise price of $12.03
and 165,354 restricted stock units. The restricted stock units
are not included in the tables below, which describe stock
option activity. As of December 31, 2005, 4,142,840 options
and 164,901 restricted stock units were outstanding under the
Plan and an additional 469,293 shares of common stock were
available for issuance under the Plan. In February 2006, the
Companys board of directors approved an increase of
4.0 million shares in the number of shares reserved under
the Plan for future issuance.
During 2004, the Companys board of directors and
stockholders also approved the 2004 Non-Employee Directors
Stock Option Plan. The plan provides for the automatic,
non-discretionary grant of options to the Companys
non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2005, 267,500
options were outstanding under the plan and an additional
532,500 shares of common stock were available for issuance
under the plan.
The Company has two other stock award plans: the 1991 Stock
Option Plan (the 1991 Plan) and the 1999 Stock Plan
(the 1999 Plan). Both of these plans provide for the
granting of stock options to directors, employees and
consultants. As of December 31, 2005, 73,090 options were
outstanding under the 1991 Plan and 179,271 options
F-21
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
were outstanding under the 1999 Plan. There were no additional
shares available for issuance under the 1991 Plan or the 1999
Plan at December 31, 2005.
Prior to the merger of CTL and AlleCure into the Company, CTL
had granted options to purchase shares of its common stock under
its 2000 Stock Option and Stock Plan (the CTL Plan).
Similarly, AlleCure had granted options to purchase shares of
its common stock under its 2000 Stock Option and Stock Plan (the
AlleCure Plan). Pursuant to the plans of
reorganization and agreements of merger between the Company and
each of CTL and AlleCure, the Company has assumed the obligation
to issue shares of the Companys common stock, at the
exchange ratio agreed to in the merger agreement, upon the
exercise of options granted under the CTL Plan and the AlleCure
Plan. After the merger date, no further options were granted
under either the CTL Plan or AlleCure Plan. As of
December 31, 2005 there were an aggregate of 82,158 options
outstanding under these plans. The assumption of options issued
by CTL and AlleCure by the Company in connection with the merger
on December 12, 2001 resulted in a new measurement date. On
this date, the outstanding options had an intrinsic value of
approximately $2.6 million. Approximately $632,000 of the
$2.6 million related to vested options and was therefore
recorded immediately as compensation expense. The remaining
amount of the $2.6 million, as adjusted for subsequent
cancellations, related to unvested options and was being
amortized to stock-based compensation expense over the remaining
vesting period. During the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003, 2004 and the cumulative period from February 14, 1991
(date of inception) to December 31, 2004, $632,000,
$275,000, $214,000 and $1.8 million, respectively, was
recognized as stock-based compensation expense related to these
options. As of December 31, 2004, there was no further
expense to recognize.
During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Companys
board of directors granted 240,972 options at an exercise price
of $25.23 per share to an employee who is the principal
stockholder. The options vest annually over four years. These
options, which were not under any plan, were outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and are included in the tables below.
In March 2004, the Companys board of directors approved
the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which became effective
upon the closing of the Companys initial public offering.
The aggregate number of shares that may be sold under the plan
is 2,000,000 shares of common stock. On January 1 of each
year, for a period of ten years beginning January 1, 2005,
the share reserve automatically increases by the lesser of:
700,000 shares, 1% of the total number of shares of common
stock outstanding on that date, or an amount as may be
determined by the board of directors. However, under no event
can the annual increase cause the total number of shares
reserved under the purchase plan to exceed 10% of the total
number of shares of capital stock outstanding on
December 31 of the prior year. On January 1, 2005 and
2006, the purchase plan share reserve was increased by 327,562
and 503,141 shares, respectively. For the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company sold 36,152 and
57,642 shares, respectively, of its common stock to
employees participating in the plan.
F-22
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options outstanding at the
beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,904,603
|
|
|
$
|
17.52
|
|
|
|
2,099,825
|
|
|
$
|
10.29
|
|
|
|
4,067,979
|
|
|
$
|
12.19
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,664,886
|
|
|
|
9.36
|
|
|
|
2,145,124
|
|
|
|
14.09
|
|
|
|
1,634,679
|
|
|
|
12.03
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86,066
|
)
|
|
|
12.54
|
|
|
|
(304,555
|
)
|
|
|
6.42
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(1,469,664
|
)
|
|
|
18.57
|
|
|
|
(90,904
|
)
|
|
|
13.02
|
|
|
|
(412,272
|
)
|
|
|
13.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at the end of
the period
|
|
|
2,099,825
|
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
|
|
4,067,979
|
|
|
|
12.19
|
|
|
|
4,985,831
|
|
|
|
12.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at the end of
the period
|
|
|
728,590
|
|
|
|
9.96
|
|
|
|
1,236,599
|
|
|
|
9.76
|
|
|
|
1,937,918
|
|
|
|
11.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average exercise prices and weighted-average fair
values of options granted are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average Fair
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average Fair
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average Fair
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Option Granted
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Option Granted
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Option Granted
|
|
|
Option price equal to the fair
value of common stock on grant date
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
14.63
|
|
|
$
|
10.29
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
|
$
|
8.14
|
|
Option price greater than the fair
value of common stock on grant date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option price less than the fair
value of common stock on grant date
|
|
|
9.36
|
|
|
|
11.55
|
|
|
|
13.67
|
|
|
|
10.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Grant Price Range
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
(years)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
$ 0.33 $ 7.95
|
|
|
1,247,728
|
|
|
|
3.72
|
|
|
$
|
7.47
|
|
|
|
1,078,422
|
|
|
$
|
7.39
|
|
$ 9.18 $12.75
|
|
|
1,338,701
|
|
|
|
9.35
|
|
|
|
11.46
|
|
|
|
123,601
|
|
|
|
11.36
|
|
$12.99 $15.00
|
|
|
1,883,526
|
|
|
|
8.66
|
|
|
|
13.78
|
|
|
|
426,545
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
$17.56 $25.23
|
|
|
515,876
|
|
|
|
6.88
|
|
|
|
21.70
|
|
|
|
309,350
|
|
|
|
22.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,985,831
|
|
|
|
7.42
|
|
|
|
12.40
|
|
|
|
1,937,918
|
|
|
|
11.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For employee options, the difference between the estimated fair
value of the underlying stock and the option exercise price, if
lower, is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting
period in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. For
non-employee options, the Company recognizes stock-based
compensation expense for the estimated fair value of the
options, determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation
model, in accordance with
F-23
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
EITF
No. 96-18
and FIN 28. During the year ended December 31, 2003,
non-employee stock-based compensation expense of approximately
$277,000 was recognized for outstanding non-employee options.
During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
non-employee stock-based compensation expense of approximately
$11,000 and $65,000, respectively, was recognized for
outstanding non-employee options. As of December 31, 2005,
non-employee options to purchase 49,333 shares of the
Companys common stock at a weighted-average exercise price
of $11.75 per share were outstanding and are reflected in
the tables above. The in-substance stock options disclosed in
Note 7, which resulted from the issuance of stock to
certain individuals, are excluded from the tables above. In
November 2004, pursuant to assignment agreements with two
consultants, the Company issued 200 shares of its common
stock under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company agreed
to issue 99,800 additional shares upon the achievement of
certain milestones specified in consulting agreements and for
the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded
approximately $1.1 million in stock-based compensation
expense related to these agreements. In November 2005, 39,800 of
the 99,800 shares were issued to the consultants and the
Company decreased stock-based compensation expense by
approximately $146,000 based on the fair market value of the
shares when issued.
In October 2003, pursuant to a settlement agreement with the
Companys former chief executive officer, options to
purchase 83,333 shares of common stock were immediately
vested and remain fully exercisable through April 2005. The
change in option terms resulted in a new measurement date. On
the date of the agreement, the outstanding options had an
intrinsic value of approximately $153,000 that was recorded
immediately as compensation expense. The options were exercised
in October 2004.
In November 2003, pursuant to a settlement agreement with a
former employee, options to purchase 5,000 shares of common
stock were immediately vested and the option exercise period was
extended. These options remained fully exercisable through May
2004. The change in option terms resulted in a new measurement
date. On the date of the agreement, the outstanding options had
an intrinsic value of approximately $25,000 that was recorded
immediately as compensation expense.
During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company
extended the exercise period for certain employee options to
purchase 174,855 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $6.24 per share. Also, in February 2003, pursuant
to a settlement agreement with a former executive, the Company
agreed that options to purchase 124,553 shares of common
stock would remain exercisable at least until April 2006 (see
Note 12 Commitments and
Contingencies Severance Agreement). The Company
recorded compensation expense of approximately $2.5 million
and $259,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2004, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005,
the Company decreased compensation expense by approximately
$229,000 related to these options.
On October 7, 2003, the Companys board of directors
approved a re-pricing program for certain outstanding options to
purchase shares of the Companys common stock granted under
each of its stock plans. Under the re-pricing program, each
holder of outstanding options granted under the stock plans who
was an employee of the Company on November 5, 2003 could
elect to exchange up to all of their outstanding options with an
exercise price greater than $7.95 for re-priced stock options
with an exercise price of $7.95 per share and a term of
four years. The option re-pricing became effective on
November 5, 2003. Vesting restarted immediately with 50%
vesting in November 2004 and the remaining 50% vesting monthly
until fully vested in November 2005. Employees who voluntarily
resigned in the
12-month
period beginning November 5, 2003 forfeited their re-priced
options. Employees who were involuntarily terminated in the
12-month
period beginning November 5, 2003 vested 50% upon
termination. In accordance with the terms of the re-pricing
program, on November 5, 2003 the Company canceled 781,572
outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price
of $19.83 per share and issued, in exchange for the
canceled options, 781,572 new options with an exercise price of
$7.95 per share. Compensation cost for all options
re-priced under the re-pricing program was re-measured, using
the intrinsic value method proscribed by APB No. 25, on a
quarterly basis. Compensation cost for these options are
recognized in accordance
F-24
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
with the method prescribed by FIN 28. For the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company recorded $595,000
and $4.4 million, respectively in stock-based compensation
expense related to the re-pricing program. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, the Company recorded a decrease in
stock-based compensation expense of approximately
$2.4 million relating to the re-pricing program. Upon
adoption of SFAS No. 123R (see
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Recently Issued Accounting Standards),
effective January 1, 2006, the Company will no longer
re-measure
these options.
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
accompanying statements of operations is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Employee-related
|
|
$
|
4,224
|
|
|
$
|
5,694
|
|
|
$
|
(1,892
|
)
|
Consultant-related
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,501
|
|
|
$
|
6,810
|
|
|
$
|
(1,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
accompanying statements of operations is included in the
following categories (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
961
|
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
|
$
|
(320
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,540
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
(1,408
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,501
|
|
|
$
|
6,810
|
|
|
$
|
(1,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 1995 and 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase
shares of common stock. The warrants range in exercise price
from $12.53 to $12.70 per share and expire at various dates
through 2007. The warrants contain provisions for the adjustment
of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the
exercise of the warrant in the event the Company declares any
stock dividends or effects any stock split, reclassification or
consolidation of its common stock. The warrants also contain a
provision that provides for an adjustment to the exercise price
and the number of shares issuable in the event that the Company
issues securities for a per share price less than a specified
price. As of December 31, 2004, warrants to purchase
131,628 shares of common stock were outstanding. During the
second quarter ended June 30, 2005, warrants to purchase
110,888 shares of common stock were exchanged for
24,210 shares of common stock resulting in stock-based
compensation expense of $245,000 based on a fair market value of
the common stock of $10.12 per share. As of
December 31, 2005, the remaining warrants to purchase
12,436 shares of common stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $12.66 per share are outstanding and
exercisable while warrants to purchase 8,304 shares of
common stock expired during 2005.
In connection with the sale of common stock in the private
placement which closed on August 5, 2005, the Company
concurrently issued warrants to purchase up to
3,426,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$12.228 per share. See also
Note 9 Common and Preferred
Stock Private Placement. These warrants become
exercisable on February 1, 2006 and expire in
August 2010.
F-25
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and contingencies
|
Operating Leases The Company
leases certain facilities and equipment under various operating
leases, which expire at various dates through 2009. Future
minimum rental payments required under operating leases are as
follows at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
849,000
|
|
2007
|
|
|
727,000
|
|
2008
|
|
|
727,000
|
|
After 2008
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
2,364,000
|
|
Rent expense under all operating leases for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was approximately,
$1.2 million, $601,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.
Capital Leases The Companys
capital leases were not material for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
Guarantees and
Indemnifications In the ordinary course
of its business, the Company makes certain indemnities,
commitments and guarantees under which it may be required to
make payments in relation to certain transactions. The Company,
as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its
Bylaws, indemnifies its officers and directors for certain
events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the
officer or director is or was serving at the Companys
request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period
is for the officers or directors lifetime. The
maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited;
however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy
that may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts
paid. The Company believes the fair value of these
indemnification agreements is minimal. The Company has not
recorded any liability for these indemnities in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. However, the Company accrues for
losses for any known contingent liability, including those that
may arise from indemnification provisions, when future payment
is probable. No such losses have been recorded to date.
Litigation The Company is
involved in various legal proceedings and other matters. In
accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies, the Company would record a provision for a
liability when it is both probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
In May 2005, the Companys former Chief Medical Officer
filed a complaint against the Company in the California Superior
Court, County of Los Angeles. Wayman Wendell
Cheatham, M.D. v. MannKind Corporation, Case
No. BC333845. The complaint alleges causes of action for
wrongful termination in violation of public policy, breach of
contract and retaliation, in connection with the Companys
termination of Dr. Cheathams employment. In the
complaint, Dr. Cheatham seeks compensatory, punitive and
exemplary damages in excess of $2.0 million as well as
reimbursement of attorneys fees. In June 2005, the Company
answered the complaint, generally denying each of
Dr. Cheathams allegations and asserting various
defenses. The Company believes the allegations in the complaint
are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against them.
The Company also filed a cross-complaint against
Dr. Cheatham, alleging claims for libel per se, trade
libel, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of
good faith and fair dealing and breach of the duty of loyalty.
The libel claims allege that Dr. Cheatham made certain
false and malicious statements about the Company in a letter to
the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) with regard
to a request by the Company to hold a meeting with the FDA. The
remaining causes of action in the cross-complaint arise out of
the Companys allegations that Dr. Cheatham had an
undisclosed consulting relationship with a Company competitor
during his employment with the Company, in violation of his
agreement with the Company. In July 2005, Dr. Cheatham
filed a demurrer and motion to strike the Companys
cross-complaint under Californias anti-SLAPP statute. In
September 2005, the California Superior Court overruled
Dr. Cheathams demurrer and
F-26
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
denied his motion to strike the Companys cross-complaint.
Dr. Cheatham then filed a notice of appeal of the
Courts ruling denying his motion to strike. Discovery as
to Dr. Cheathams claims against the Company is
proceeding, and this case is scheduled for trial to commence in
October 2006. The Company believes that the ultimate resolution
of this matter will not have a material impact on the
Companys financial position or results of operations.
In 2000, the Company issued 699,972 shares of common stock
to three consultants in exchange for notes receivable
aggregating approximately $10.9 million. The fixed interest
bearing notes were collateralized by the underlying common
stock. The
notes-for-stock
transactions were accounted for as in-substance stock option
grants to non-employees. In November 2004, the consultants
informed the Company that they had entered into an agreement in
October 2001 with Alfred E. Mann, the Companys chairman,
chief executive officer and principal stockholder, under which
Mr. Mann would purchase a portion of the consultants
common stock, and that the Company was to apply the proceeds to
the amounts owed under the consultants respective notes.
The consultants informed the Company that they believed both the
Company and Mr. Mann were in breach of the alleged
agreement, and indicated their intent to seek alleged damages
arising from the Companys failure to perform the alleged
agreement. On October 19, 2005, the principal and interest
on the notes aggregating $14.6 million became due and
payable and the Company pursued collection. On November 21,
2005, the consultants filed a complaint against the Company in
the California Superior Court, County of Los Angeles, Rollins
et al. v. MannKind et al, Case No. BC343381.
The complaint alleges causes of action for breach of the
abovementioned agreement, among other things. On
January 19, 2006, the parties mediated and settled the
case. Under the settlement, the Company repurchased
620,697 shares from the consultants in full satisfaction of
the notes. These shares were tendered and cancelled on
February 3, 2006. The Company also agreed to repurchase the
remaining 79,275 shares held by the consultants for
$1.4 million in cash. The settlement was reflected as a
$1.4 million charge to general and administrative expense
in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2005
with a corresponding amount payable included in accrued expenses
and other current liabilities as of December 31 2005. On
February 21, 2006, the Company received and cancelled the
79,275 shares, and paid the purchase price of
$1.4 million to the consultants. The complaint has been
dismissed in its entirety with prejudice.
In September and October 2005, the principal and interest
totaling $1.6 million on notes issued in exchange for
approximately 78,000 shares of common stock to a former
executive of the Company became due and payable to the Company.
On December 31, 2005, the 78,000 shares of common
stock issued in exchange for the notes receivable had a market
value of approximately $878,000. The Company pursued collection.
On January 31, 2006, former executive tendered
143,949 shares as full repayment of the notes in default
and an additional note due in April 2006 issued in exchange for
approximately 32,000 shares of common stock. The
143,949 shares were valued at $2.6 million on
January 31, 2006 and represented principal and interest due
through that date on all notes. The Company received and
cancelled these shares on January 31, 2006.
Severance Agreements In February
2003, pursuant to a settlement agreement, the Company is
obligated to pay a former executive approximately
$1.0 million over three years, comprised of approximately
$775,000 in deferred compensation (see Note 8) from
prior years and the remainder comprised of other
severance-related items. As of December 31, 2004 the
Company paid approximately $765,000 of this amount. The
remaining $284,000 was paid in April 2005. The settlement
agreement further provides that the options held by the former
executive to purchase up to 46,585 shares of the
Companys common stock remain fully exercisable through
April 2007, and options to purchase up to 124,553 shares of
the Companys common stock remain fully exercisable until
at least April 2006. The change in option terms resulted in a
new measurement date. On the date of the agreement, the
outstanding options had an intrinsic value of approximately
$1.1 million, which was immediately expensed as part of the
$2.5 million charge more fully described in Note 10.
In February 2003, pursuant to a settlement agreement, the
Company became obligated to pay a former employee his base
salary at the rate of approximately $22,000 per month
through December 2003 and a lump sum payment of
F-27
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$67,000, which was paid in February 2005 and was previously
included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet
at December 31, 2004.
In October 2003, under the terms of a severance agreement with
its former chief executive officer, the Company paid a severance
payment of $165,000 and agreed to pay his base salary at the
rate of approximately $28,000 per month through April 2005.
Amounts owed under this agreement are included in accrued
expenses in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31,
2004. The agreement also provides for accelerated vesting of an
option held by the former executive permitting him to purchase
up to 83,333 shares of the Companys common stock
until April 7, 2005 (see Note 10). These options were
exercised in October 2004.
|
|
13.
|
Employee
benefit plans
|
As a result of the merger in December 2001, each respective
401(k) savings retirement plans of AlleCure, CTL and PDC were
converted to the 401(k) Savings Retirement Plan (the
MannKind Retirement Plan) for the Company. For the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the Company
contributed $235,000, $249,000 and $372,000, respectively, to
the MannKind Retirement Plan.
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A
valuation allowance is established when uncertainty exists as to
whether all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will be
realized. Components of the net deferred tax asset as of
December 31, 2004 and 2005 are approximately as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
92,269
|
|
|
$
|
137,292
|
|
Research and development credits
|
|
|
4,566
|
|
|
|
5,719
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
5,548
|
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
Non-qualified stock option expense
|
|
|
5,027
|
|
|
|
3,793
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
107,982
|
|
|
|
155,799
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(107,982
|
)
|
|
|
(155,799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective income tax rate differs from the
statutory federal income tax rate as follows for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Federal tax benefit rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State tax benefit, net of federal
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent items
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(36.5
|
)
|
|
|
(35.0
|
)
|
|
|
(35.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As required by SFAS No. 109, management of the Company
has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon
the realizability of its deferred tax assets. Management has
concluded, in accordance with the applicable accounting
standards, that it is more likely than not that the Company may
not realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets. Accordingly,
the net deferred tax assets have been fully reserved. Management
reevaluates the positive and negative evidence on an annual
basis. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005, the change in the valuation allowance was
$29.3 million, $34.1 million and $47.8 million,
respectively, for income taxes.
At December 31, 2005, the Company had federal and state net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$356.0 million and $229.1 million available,
respectively, to reduce future taxable income and which will
expire at various dates beginning in 2006 and 2008,
respectively. At December 31, 2005, the Company had
research and development credits of $7.6 million that
expire at various dates through 2018. Ownership changes, as
defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, such
as those resulting from the issuance of common stock in
connection with the Companys initial public offering and
subsequent private placement, may limit the amount of net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized
to offset future taxable income or tax liability. The Company
has not yet determined the amounts of such limitations, if any;
however, they could be significant. Any such limitations that
may have existed for any of the periods presented in the
accompanying financial statements would not have impacted the
amounts reported because the Company has provided a full
valuation allowance against all of its deferred tax assets. To
the extent the Company realizes taxable income in any future
period, the amount of any such limitations could have a material
impact on the reported financial statements.
|
|
15.
|
Related
party transactions
|
The Company issued 8,550,446 shares of its common stock to
its principal stockholder during the year ended
December 31, 2005 for proceeds of approximately
$87.3 million. In connection with this issuance, the board
of directors approved the issuance of warrants to purchase
1,710,091 shares of the Companys common stock at
$12.228 per share, which expire on August 2, 2010. The
issuance of shares and warrants to the principal stockholder was
on terms identical to the other purchasers in the private
placement, as approved by the Companys board of directors.
During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the
Company paid $497,000 and $218,000, respectively, to certain
universities to conduct sponsored research programs, including
clinical research. Certain stockholders of the Company are
employees of these universities and oversee the sponsored
research programs. No sponsored research programs were conducted
with and no amounts were paid to these universities in 2005.
On January 19, 2006, the Company settled a claim filed by
three consultants related to certain notes-for-stock
transactions (see Note 12 Commitments and
Contingencies Litigation).
One stockholder was paid $6,000 and $48,000 for consulting
services during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. No services were provided or paid for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
In connection with certain meetings of the Companys board
of directors and on other occasions when the Companys
business necessitated air travel for the Companys
principal stockholder and other Company employees, the Company
utilized the principal stockholders private aircraft, and
the Company paid the charter company that manages the aircraft
on behalf of the Companys majority stockholder
approximately $321,000, $145,000 and $62,000, respectively, for
the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. These
payments were approved by the audit committee of the board of
directors.
In 2004, the Company engaged one of its directors to provide
consulting services related to seeking potential partners in the
development and commercialization of the Companys
technology. The Company paid this director approximately $47,000
for consulting services rendered for the year ended
December 31, 2004. No services were provided for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
F-29
MANNKIND
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and executive officers, in addition to the
indemnification provided for in its amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
(see Note 12 Guarantees and
Indemnifications).
|
|
16.
|
Selected
quarterly financial data (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(16,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,188
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(17,085
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,241
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,398
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share applicable to
common stockholders basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.86
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.91
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.40
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share applicable
to common stockholders
|
|
|
19,975
|
|
|
|
19,975
|
|
|
|
28,051
|
|
|
|
32,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(22,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,155
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31,730
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(22,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,155
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31,730
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share applicable to
common stockholders basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.73
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.66
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share applicable
to common stockholders
|
|
|
32,764
|
|
|
|
32,777
|
|
|
|
43,460
|
|
|
|
50,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
MannKind Corporation
Officers Incentive Program
The Officers Incentive Program is not set forth in a separate document, but a summary of the
program follows.
Under the Officers Incentive Program, each of our executive officers is eligible to earn cash
bonus compensation based upon a target bonus amount equal to a predetermined percentage of his or
her salary. The actual amount of any bonus is determined by the level of achievement of specified
objectives relating to our corporate performance and to each participants individual performance.
The Board of Directors establishes the corporate objectives at the beginning of each fiscal year.
The corporate objectives established for 2005 were related to clinical trial milestones,
commercialization objectives, manufacturing productivity, pipeline advancement objectives,
organizational effectiveness, and financial performance.
Following the end of each fiscal year, the Board of Directors determines the extent to which the
corporate objectives were attained and the Compensation Committee determines the extent to which
each participant attained his or her individual objectives. Based on these determinations, the
Compensation Committee awards each participant a bonus equal to a percentage of the participants
target bonus amount. This percentage can range from zero to 125%.
The Board of Directors has approved target bonus amounts for each of the participating executive
officers, including the following: Alfred E. Mann, 50% of his annual salary; Hakan S. Edstrom,
45%; Dan R. Burns, 40%; Richard L. Anderson, 35%; and Wayman Wendell Cheatham, 35%. In May 2005,
Dr. Cheatham ceased to be an employee.
exv10w20
Exhibit 10.20
MannKind Corporation
2004 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan
Adopted March 23, 2004
Approved by Stockholders March 23, 2004
Effective Date: August 2, 2004
1. Purposes.
(a) Eligible Option Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Options are the Non-Employee
Directors of the Company.
(b) Available Options. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which Non-Employee
Directors may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock
through the granting of Nonstatutory Stock Options.
(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its
current Non-Employee Directors, to secure and retain the services of new Non-Employee Directors and
to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and
its Affiliates.
2. Definitions.
(a) Affiliate means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether
now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of
the Code.
(b) Annual Grant means an Option granted annually to all Non-Employee Directors who meet the
specified criteria pursuant to Section 6(b).
(c) Annual Meeting means the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company.
(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) Capitalization Adjustment has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11(a).
(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(g) Committee means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board
in accordance with Section 3(c).
(h) Committee Grant means an Option granted annually to all Non-Employee Directors who meet
the specified criteria pursuant to Section 6(c).
1.
(i) Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.
(j) Company means MannKind Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
(k) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who (i) is engaged by the Company or
an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory service and is compensated for such service or (ii)
is serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such
service. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not
cause a Director to be considered a Consultant for purposes of the Plan.
(l) Continuous Service means that the Optionholders service with the Company or an
Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The
Optionholders Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change
in the capacity in which the Optionholder renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an
Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Optionholder renders such
service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionholders Continuous
Service. For example, a change in status from a Non-Employee Director of the Company to a
Consultant of an Affiliate or an Employee of the Company will not constitute an interruption of
Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that partys sole
discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of
any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other
personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous
Service for purposes of vesting in an Option only to such extent as may be provided in the
Companys leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Optionholderss leave of absence.
(m) Corporate Transaction means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of
related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its
discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding
securities of the Company;
(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the
surviving corporation; or
(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the
surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger,
consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger,
consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash
or otherwise.
(n) Director means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.
(o) Disability means the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician
acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that persons position with the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the person.
(p) Employee means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service
solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be
considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.
(q) Entity means a corporation, partnership or other entity.
(r) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(s) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as
follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq
National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock
shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as
quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in
the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in
The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.
(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be
determined in good faith by the Board.
(t) Initial Grant means an Option granted to a Non-Employee Director who meets the specified
criteria pursuant to Section 6(a).
(u) IPO Date means the closing date of the initial public offering of the Common Stock.
(v) Non-Employee Director means a Director who is not an Employee.
(w) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock
option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(x) Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(y) Option means a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(z) Option Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder
evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
3.
(aa) Optionholder means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if
applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
(bb) Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to Own, to
have Owned, to be the Owner of, or to have acquired Ownership of securities if such person or
Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or
otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting,
with respect to such securities.
(cc) Plan means this MannKind Corporation 2003 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan.
(dd) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule
16b-3, as in effect from time to time.
(ee) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(ff) Subsidiary means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock
of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company,
and (ii) any partnership in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the
form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent
(50%).
3. Administration.
(a) Administration by Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board unless and until the
Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).
(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations
of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(i) To determine the provisions of each Option to the extent not specified in the Plan.
(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it, and to establish, amend
and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power,
may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a
manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
(iii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected
Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2)
the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of
(A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the
4.
Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C)
other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other
action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.
(iv) To amend the Plan or an Option as provided in Section 12.
(v) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.
(vi) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary
or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the
provisions of the Plan.
(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee
or Committees of one or more members of the Board, and the term Committee shall apply to any
person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a
Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers
theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the
administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the
Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions,
not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.
The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the
Plan.
(d) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by
the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding
and conclusive on all persons.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan.
(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization
Adjustments, the shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed in
the aggregate eight hundred thousand (800,000) shares of Common Stock.
(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Option shall for any reason expire or
otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of
Common Stock not acquired under such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance
under the Plan. If any shares subject to an Option are not delivered to an Optionholder because
such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Option is exercised through a reduction of
shares subject to the Option (i.e., net exercised), the number of shares that are not delivered
to the Optionholder as a result thereof shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. If the
exercise price of an Option is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the
Optionholder (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered
shall remain available for issuance under the Plan.
(c) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares
or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.
5.
5. Eligibility.
The Options, as set forth in Section 6, automatically shall be granted under the Plan to all
Non-Employee Directors who meet the criteria specified in Section 6.
6. Non-Discretionary Grants.
(a) Initial Grants. Without any further action of the Board, each person who is serving as a
Non-Employee Director on the IPO Date automatically shall, on the IPO Date, be granted an Initial
Grant to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set
forth herein. Additionally, without any further action of the Board, each person who after the IPO
Date is elected or appointed for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director automatically shall,
upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a Non-Employee Director, be
granted an Initial Grant to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms
and conditions set forth herein.
(b) Annual Grants. Without any further action of the Board, on the date of each Annual
Meeting, commencing with the Annual Meeting in 2005, each person who is then a Non-Employee
Director automatically shall be granted an Annual Grant to purchase ten thousand (10,000) shares of
Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein; provided, however, that if the person
has not been serving as a Non-Employee Director for the entire period since the preceding Annual
Meeting, then the number of shares subject to such Annual Grant shall be reduced pro rata for each
full quarter prior to the date of grant during which such person did not serve as a Non-Employee
Director.
7. Option Provisions.
Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as required by
the Plan. Each Option shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
the Plan, as the Board shall deem appropriate. Each Option shall include (through incorporation of
provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following
provisions:
(a) Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date
on which it was granted.
(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price of each Option shall be one hundred percent (100%) of
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.
(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be
paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is
exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board either at the time of the grant of the Option or
subsequent thereto (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock at the time the Option is
exercised, (2) by a net exercise of the Option (as further described below), (3) pursuant to a
program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the
issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the
receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to
6.
the Company from the sales proceeds or (4) in any other form of legal consideration that may
be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase
price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of
other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares
of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer
or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting
purposes).
In the case of a net exercise of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the
exercise price of the Option from the Participant but will reduce the number of shares of Common
Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that has a Fair Market Value
that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. With respect to any remaining balance of the
aggregate exercise price, The Company shall accept a cash payment from the Participant. Shares of
Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option (and will therefore not thereafter be
exercisable) following the exercise of such Option to the extent of (i) shares used to pay the
exercise price of an Option under a net exercise, (ii) shares actually delivered to the
Participant as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding.
(d) Transferability. An Option is transferable by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution. An Option also may be transferable upon written consent of the Company if, at the
time of transfer, a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act is available for the
exercise of the Option and the subsequent resale of the underlying securities. In addition, an
Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise
satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the
Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
(e) Vesting. Initial Grants shall vest in three (3) equal annual installments on each
anniversary of the IPO Date, in the case of each person who is serving as a Non-Employee Director
on the IPO Date, or on each anniversary of his or her initial election or appointment to be a
Non-Employee Director, in the case of each person who after the IPO Date is elected or appointment
for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director. Annual Grants shall vest in thirty-six (36)
equal monthly installments commencing one month from the date of grant.
(f) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholders Continuous Service
terminates for any reason, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the
Optionholder was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination) but only within such period
of time ending on the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.
If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time
specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.
8. Securities Law Compliance.
The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction
over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of
Common Stock upon exercise of the Options; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not
require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Option or any
7.
Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option. If, after reasonable efforts,
the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which
counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the
Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock
upon exercise of such Options unless and until such authority is obtained.
9. Use of Proceeds from Stock.
Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of
the Company.
10. Miscellaneous.
(a) Stockholder Rights. No Optionholder shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any
of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Option unless
and until such Optionholder has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Option pursuant to
its terms.
(b) No Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Option granted
pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Optionholder any right to continue to serve the Company as a
Non-Employee Director or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the
employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a
Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultants agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or
(iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any
applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is
incorporated, as the case may be.
(c) Investment Assurances. The Company may require an Optionholder, as a condition of
exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory
to the Company as to the Optionholders knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is
knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of
evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising
the Option; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the
Optionholder is acquiring the Common Stock subject to the Option for the Optionholders own account
and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The
foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be
inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of
Common Stock under the Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration
statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made
by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the
then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place
legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate
in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends
restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
8.
(d) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Option Agreement, the
Company may in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal state or local tax withholding obligation
relating to an Option by any of the following means (in addition to the Companys right to withhold
from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means:
(i) causing the Optionholder to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from
the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Optionholder in connection with the
Option; or (iii) via such other method as may be set forth in the Option Agreement.
11. Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in, or other event occurs with respect
to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Option, without the receipt of
consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization,
reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating
dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other
transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company (each a Capitalization
Adjustment), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of
securities subject both to the Plan pursuant to Section 4 and to the nondiscretionary Options
specified in Section 6, and the outstanding Options will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es)
and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options.
The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and
conclusive. (Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the
Company shall not be treated as a transaction without receipt of consideration by the Company.)
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
then all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such
dissolution or liquidation.
(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation
or acquiring corporation may assume or continue any or all Options outstanding under the Plan or
may substitute similar stock options for Options outstanding under the Plan (including, but not
limited to, options to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company, as
the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction). In the event that any surviving
corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue all such outstanding Options or
substitute similar stock options for all such outstanding Options, then with respect to Options
that have been not assumed, continued or substituted, the Options shall terminate if not exercised
(if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction.
12. Amendment of the Plan and Options.
(a) Amendment of Plan. Subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law, the Board, at
any time and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11(a)
relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless
9.
approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to
satisfy the requirements of applicable law.
(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment
to the Plan for stockholder approval.
(c) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan
shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of
the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.
(d) Amendment of Options. The Board, at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms
of any one or more Options, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more
favorable than previously provided in the agreement evidencing an Option, subject to any specified
limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that the rights
under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the
consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.
13. Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Options may be
granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights
and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written
consent of the Optionholder.
14. Effective Date of Plan.
The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Option shall be exercised unless and
until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within
twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.
15. Choice of Law.
The law of the state of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction,
validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such states conflict of laws rules.
10.
MannKind Corporation
2004 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan
Stock Option Agreement
Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (Grant Notice) and this Stock Option
Agreement, MannKind Corporation (the Company) has granted you an option under its 2004
Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the Plan) to purchase the number of shares of the
Companys Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant
Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the
Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.
The details of your option are as follows:
1. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as
provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your
Continuous Service.
2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject
to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted
from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.
3. Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of
all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by
check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more
of the following:
(a) In the Companys sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at
the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street
Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve
Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check)
by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to
the Company from the sales proceeds.
(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either
that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Companys reported earnings
(generally six months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that
are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are
valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Delivery for these purposes, in the sole
discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the
Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the
Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company
of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or
agreement restricting the redemption of the Companys stock.
4. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.
5. Securities Law Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not
then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply
with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your
option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such
laws and regulations.
6. Term. You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or
after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon
the earliest of the following:
(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other
than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period
your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph
relating to Securities Law Compliance, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the
Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months
after the termination of your Continuous Service;
(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your
Disability;
(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or
within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;
(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or
(e) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.
7. Exercise.
(a) You may exercise your option during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form
designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to
such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such
additional documents as the Company may then require.
(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option,
the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the
Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of
your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common
Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock
acquired upon such exercise.
2.
8. Transferability. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you
may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to
exercise your option.
9. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service
contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation
on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an
Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the
Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees
to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an
Affiliate.
10. Withholding Obligations.
(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as
requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts
payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a
cashless exercise pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the
federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if
any, which arise in connection with your option.
(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and
compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from
shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole
shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of
exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. If the date
of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of
exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be
permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering
the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which
such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding
obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election,
shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from shares of Common Stock determined as of the
date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse
consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole
responsibility.
(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company
and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when
desired, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common
Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.
3.
11. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by
mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.
12. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the
Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all
interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and
adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option
and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.
4.
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration
Statement
No. 333-117811
of MannKind Corporation on
Form S-8
of our reports relating to the financial statements of MannKind
Corporation and managements report on the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting dated March 15,
2006, appearing in the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
of MannKind Corporation for the year ended December 31,
2005.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 15, 2006
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Alfred E. Mann, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of
MannKind Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
exchange act
rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Alfred E. Mann
Alfred E. Mann
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Date: March 15, 2006
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Richard L. Anderson, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of
MannKind Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
exchange act
rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Richard L. Anderson
Richard L. Anderson
Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 15, 2006
exv32
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to the requirement set forth in
Rule 13a-14(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), and Section 1350 of
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code
(18 U.S.C. §1350), Alfred E. Mann, Chief
Executive Officer of MannKind Corporation (the
Company), and Richard L. Anderson, Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best
of his knowledge:
1. The Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the period ended December 31, 2005, to which this
Certification is attached as Exhibit 32 (the Annual
Report) fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, and
2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands
hereto as of the 15th day of March 2006.
|
|
|
/s/ Alfred
E. Mann
|
|
/s/ Richard
L. Anderson
|
Alfred E. Mann
|
|
Richard L. Anderson
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
This certification accompanies the
Form 10-K
to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference
into any filing of MannKind Corporation under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (whether made before or after the date of the
Form 10-K),
irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in
such filing.